Rohde & Schwarz SMM100A User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Portable Generator
  5. SMM100A
  6. User manual

Rohde & Schwarz SMM100A User Manual

Vector signal generator
Hide thumbs Also See for SMM100A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
®
R&S
SMM100A
Vector Signal Generator
User Manual
(;Ý=Y2)
1179134102
Version 05

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SMM100A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz SMM100A

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz SMM100A

  • Page 1 ® R&S SMM100A Vector Signal Generator User Manual (;Ý=Y2) 1179134102 Version 05...
  • Page 2 ® This document describes the R&S SMM100A, stock no. 1440.8002.02 and its options: ● ® R&S SMM-B1006/-B1007/-B1012/-B1020/-B1031/-B1044/-B1044N ● ® R&S SMM-B9 ● ® R&S SMM-B90 ● R&S ® SMM-B93 ● ® R&S SMM-K17 ● ® R&S SMM-K22/-K23/-K24 ● R&S ®...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Preparing for use......................24 3.1.1 Lifting and carrying......................24 3.1.2 Unpacking and checking....................24 3.1.3 Choosing the operating site..................24 3.1.4 Setting up the R&S SMM100A..................25 3.1.5 Considerations for test setup..................27 3.1.6 Connecting to power..................... 28 3.1.7 Connecting to LAN......................28 3.1.8 Connecting USB devices....................
  • Page 4 3.4.8 Analog I/Q output ("I/Q analog" block)................69 3.4.9 RF and analog modulations ("RF" block)..............70 3.4.10 Applications examples of the R&S SMM100A.............. 70 Instrument control...................... 70 3.5.1 Possible ways to operate the instrument..............71 3.5.2 Means of manual interaction..................71 3.5.3...
  • Page 5 ® Contents R&S SMM100A Accessing the functions in the baseband domain..........84 Generating signals according to digital standards..........85 Common functions and settings in the baseband domain........87 4.4.1 Basics on signals, modulation types and filters.............88 4.4.2 Common settings......................108 Generating custom digital modulated signals............
  • Page 6 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 4.10.4 How to use the multi-carrier function................245 4.11 Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal..........247 4.11.1 Required options......................248 4.11.2 About the MCCW......................248 4.11.3 MCCW settings......................248 4.11.4 How to use the multi-carrier continuous wave function..........255 4.11.5 References........................256...
  • Page 7 ® Contents R&S SMM100A Required options.......................295 How to access the RF settings................295 How to activate the RF signal output..............295 How to set the frequency and level................. 296 RF frequency settings....................297 RF phase settings..................... 299 RF level settings......................300 Local oscillator coupling..................305...
  • Page 8 9.2.2 Triggering several instruments with a common trigger signal........447 Control and operation of external instruments............448 9.3.1 Prerequisites for control of external instruments from the R&S SMM100A....448 9.3.2 Test setups........................449 9.3.3 Control of connected R&S SZU.................. 449 9.3.4...
  • Page 9 How to transfer files from and to the instrument........... 509 10.9.1 Removing file system protection................. 510 10.9.2 Accessing the file system of the R&S SMM100A via FTP...........511 10.9.3 Accessing the R&S SMM100A file system via SMB (Samba)........512 10.9.4 Using a USB storage device for file transfer............... 514 10.9.5...
  • Page 10 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 11.1.1 Display and keyboard settings..................523 11.1.2 Appearance settings....................524 11.1.3 Display update settings....................525 11.1.4 Defining the RF signal state on power on..............525 11.1.5 How to set the initial instrument settings..............526 11.2 Configuring local and global connectors............... 527 11.2.1...
  • Page 11 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 12.2 Remote control interfaces and protocols............... 581 12.2.1 LAN interface......................582 12.2.2 USB interface......................584 12.2.3 GPIB interface (IEC/IEEE bus interface)..............585 12.2.4 LXI browser interface....................586 12.3 Remote control programs and libraries..............586 12.4 Status reporting system................... 589 12.4.1...
  • Page 12 How to convert and save SCPI lists................642 12.9.6 How to find out the SCPI commands for GUI functions..........643 12.10 Operating the R&S SMM100A remotely using VNC..........643 12.10.1 How to enable the VNC service.................. 644 12.10.2 How to set up remote operation from a desktop system..........644 12.10.3...
  • Page 13 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 13.5.2 Accessing files in the default or in a specified directory..........662 13.5.3 Programming examples....................663 13.5.4 Remote control commands..................665 13.6 CALibration subsystem....................673 13.7 DIAGnostic subsystem.....................677 13.8 HUMS remote control commands................680 13.9 DISPlay subsystem....................684 13.10...
  • Page 14 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 13.16.15 SOURce:PHASe subsystem..................933 13.16.16 SOURce:POWer subsystem..................934 13.16.17 SOURce:ROSCillator subsystem................944 13.16.18 SOURce:SWEep subsystem..................949 13.17 SYSTem subsystem....................960 13.18 STATus subsystem....................985 13.19 TEST subsystem....................... 989 13.20 TRIGger subsystem....................994 13.21 UNIT subsystem......................997 14 Troubleshooting and notifications........... 999 14.1...
  • Page 15 ® Contents R&S SMM100A 16.3.3 Internal adjustments....................1021 16.3.4 Selftest........................1025 16.3.5 FPGA/uC update settings..................1029 16.4 Disposal........................1029 Annex....................1030 A Reference information for remote control........1030 Telnet program examples..................1030 Extensions for user files..................1035 Hardware interfaces....................1035 A.3.1 GPIB-Bus interface....................1036 B Unit shortcuts...................1038...
  • Page 16 ® Contents R&S SMM100A User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 17: Welcome

    SMM100A Documentation overview 1 Welcome The R&S SMM100A is a new signal generator developed to meet demanding customer requirements. Offering excellent signal characteristic and straightforward and intuitive operation, the signal generator makes signal generation fast and easy. 1.1 Key features Outstanding key features of the R&S SMM100A are:...

  • Page 18: Getting Started Manual

    Documentation overview 1.3.1 Getting started manual Introduces the R&S SMM100A and describes how to set up and start working with the product. Includes basic operations, typical measurement examples, and general infor- mation, e.g. safety instructions, etc. A printed version is delivered with the instrument.

  • Page 19: Data Sheets And Brochures

    Documentation overview 1.3.6 Data sheets and brochures The data sheet contains the technical specifications of the R&S SMM100A. It also lists the options and their order numbers and optional accessories. The brochure provides an overview of the instrument and deals with the specific char- acteristics.

  • Page 20: Safety And Regulatory Information

    ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMM100A Safety instructions 2 Safety and regulatory information The product documentation helps you use the product safely and efficiently. Follow the instructions provided here and in the following chapters. Intended use The product is intended for the development, production and verification of electronic components and devices in industrial, administrative, and laboratory environments.
  • Page 21 ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMM100A Safety instructions move or carry the product. Do not lift by the accessories mounted on the product. Accessories are not designed to carry the weight of the product. To move the product safely, you can use lifting or transporting equipment such as lift trucks and forklifts.

  • Page 22: Labels On R&S Smm100A

    Protective conductor terminal Connect this terminal to a grounded external conductor or to protective ground. This connec- tion protects you against electric shock if an electric problem occurs. 2.2 Labels on R&S SMM100A Labels on the casing inform about: ●...

  • Page 23: Warning Messages In The Documentation

    SMM100A Warning messages in the documentation Table 2-1: Labels regarding R&S SMM100A and environment safety Labeling in line with EN 50419 for disposal of electrical and electronic equipment after the prod- uct has come to the end of its service life. For more information, see Chapter 16.4,...

  • Page 24: Getting Started

    Here, you can find basic information about setting up the product for the first time. 3.1.1 Lifting and carrying ► WARNING! The R&S SMM100A can be heavy, e.g., if fully equipped. Use a lifting equipment, see also "Lifting and carrying the product"...

  • Page 25: Setting Up The R&S Smm100A

    "Intended use" on page 20 3.1.4.1 Placing the R&S SMM100A on a bench top To place the product on a bench top 1. Place the product on a stable, flat and level surface. Ensure that the surface can support the weight of the product. For information on the weight, see the data sheet.
  • Page 26 "Lifting and carrying the product" on page 20. Lift the R&S SMM100A to shelf height. 3. Grab the handles at the front and push the R&S SMM100A onto the shelf until the rack brackets fit closely to the rack. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 27: Considerations For Test Setup

    Bring the lifting equipment to shelf height. 3. Remove the R&S SMM100A from the rack. 4. If placing the R&S SMM100A on a bench top again, unmount the adapter kit from the R&S SMM100A. Follow the instructions provided with the adapter kit.

  • Page 28: Connecting To Power

    Signal input and output levels Information on signal levels is provided in the data sheet. Keep the signal levels within the specified ranges to avoid damage to the R&S SMM100A and connected devices. Preventing electrostatic discharge (ESD) Electrostatic discharge is most likely to occur when you connect or disconnect a DUT.

  • Page 29: Connecting Usb Devices

    1. NOTICE! Connected devices with external power supply can feed back current into the 5 V power supply of the USB interface and thus damage the R&S SMM100A. Ensure that there is no connection between the positive pole of the power supply and the +5 V power pin of the USB interface (VBUS).

  • Page 30: Connecting To Rf

    RF connector can damage the instrument. Make sure that signal power and DC limits as given in the data sheet. 3. If the R&S SMM100A is switched on, deactivate the RF output, before connecting an RF cable to the RF connector.

  • Page 31: Connecting To Lo In/Out

    To prevent RF output switch-off ► NOTICE! If you set a too high output level without a load connected to the instru- ment, the reverse power can exceed a limit forcing the R&S SMM100A to switch off the RF output.

  • Page 32: Connecting To Ref In/Ref Out

    The connector is located on the rear panel To connect to Ref In/Ref Out (reference < 1 GHz) For connection, the R&S SMM100A provides BNC connectors. ► Follow the instructions in "To connect to non-screwable connectors (BNC)" on page 30.

  • Page 33: Switching On Or Off

    The LED changes to green. The R&S SMM100A boots. When starting for the first time, the R&S SMM100A starts with the default settings. When restarting the instrument, the settings depend on the instrument configura- tion before shut-down. Chapter 10.4, "Saving and recalling instrument settings",...

  • Page 34: Instrument Tour

    3.2.1 Front panel tour This section provides an overview of the control elements and connectors on the front panel of the R&S SMM100A. On the rear panel, you find all further connectors of the unit, see Chapter 3.2.2, "Rear panel tour",...
  • Page 35 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument tour Figure 3-2: Front panel view Utility keys, page 37 Touchscreen, page 35 Keypad, page 38 Function keys, page 37 Navigation controls, page 38 I/Q, page 39 RF, page 40 Sensor, page 40 User x, page 40...
  • Page 36 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument tour Figure 3-3: Touchscreen elements 1 = Status bar (frequency and level display) 2 = Block diagram 3 = Taskbar/softkey bar A touchscreen is a screen that is touch-sensitive. It reacts in a specified way when a particular element on the screen is tapped by a finger.
  • Page 37 SMM100A Instrument tour 3.2.1.2 Keys Utility keys The utility keys cause the R&S SMM100A to return to a defined instrument state and provide information on the instrument and assistance. For more information, refer to Chapter 11, "General instrument functions", on page 522.
  • Page 38 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument tour Function key Assigned functions Function execution (in navigation controls area) ● [On/Off Toggle] Switches highlighted elements or a function block on and off. ● Switches between two or more settings, e.g. items of selection lists.
  • Page 39 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument tour ● Increments (clockwise direction) or decrements (counterclockwise direction) the instrument parameter at a defined step width for a numeric entry. ● Moves the selection, e.g. to a function block in the block diagram ●...
  • Page 40 Sensor Connector for R&S NRP sensors. A power sensor is connected to the R&S SMM100A by inserting the male connector. To disconnect, pull the connector by its sleeve. You cannot disconnect the sensor sim- ply by pulling at the cable or the rear part of the connector.

  • Page 41: Rear Panel Tour

    This section provides an overview of the connectors on the rear panel of the instru- ment. For technical data of the connectors, refer to the data sheet. Figure 3-4: R&S SMM100A rear panel controls and connectors (R&S SMM-B9 Connectors for rack use, external reference signal, external frequency control, local oscillator and...
  • Page 42 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument tour Figure 3-5: Connectors for rack use, external reference signal, external frequency control, local oscil- lator and remote control = Connectors for use in a rack: I/Q, page 43 RF, page 43 2, 3 =...
  • Page 43 Rear panel I/Q input connectors for use of the instrument in a 19" rack. See "I/Q" on page 39. How to: Chapter 3.1.4.2, "Mounting the R&S SMM100A in a rack", on page 26 Rear panel RF output connectors for use of the instrument in a 19" rack. See "RF"...
  • Page 44 General purpose interface bus (GPIB) interface for remote control of the instrument. The interface is in compliance with the standards IEC 625, IEEE 488 and SCPI. Use this interface to connect a computer for remote control of the R&S SMM100A. To set up the connection, use high-quality shielded cables. See "Cable selection and elec-...
  • Page 45 Female USB 3.0 connector of type B (USB Device), for example, for remote con- trol. How to: Chapter 3.1.8, "Connecting USB devices", on page 29 RJ-45 connector to connect the R&S SMM100A to a LAN for remote control, remote operation, and data transfer. How to: Chapter 3.1.7, "Connecting to LAN", on page 28 Display Port, HDMI Provided for future use.

  • Page 46: Trying Out The Instrument

    I/Q, I/Q Bar BNC connector for output of direct (single-ended) or differential analog I/Q signals. Note: The R&S SMM100A also assigns the internal signal of the LF generator to the I output connector. Therefore, consider that you cannot output the analog I/Q signal and the internal LF signal at the same physical connector simultaneously.

  • Page 47: Generating An Unmodulated Carrier

    We start out by generating a simple unmodulated signal. The R&S SMM100A in this example can be a base unit in its minimal configuration (i.e. with installed R&S SMM- B1006). 1. On the R&S SMM100A front panel, press the Preset key to start out in a defined instrument configuration. 2. Set the frequency: a) On the "Status Bar", tap the "Frequency"...
  • Page 48 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument b) On the on-screen keypad, enter 1.955 and press the "GHz" key. The on-screen keypad closes and the frequency value is displayed. 3. On the "Status Bar", tap the "Level" field and enter the level in the same way.
  • Page 49 The 1.95 GHz signal is output at the RF connector at the front panel of the R&S SMM100A. ® Connect RF of the R&S SMM100A to a signal analyzer, for example R&S FSW, to dis- play the generated signal. Figure 3-9: Simplified test setup For the required settings of the signal analyzer, refer to its user manual or its online help.

  • Page 50: Generating A Digitally Modulated Signal

    3.3.2 Generating a digitally modulated signal This example shows you how to generate a simple WCDMA-3GPP (QPSK 45° offset) signal with the help of the "Custom Digital Modulation" functionality. The minimum requirement for R&S SMM100A in this example is a base unit equipped with: ●...
  • Page 51 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument 4. Select the "Modulation" tab and observe the used "Modulation Type". Figure 3-10: Display of the used modulation type The instrument activates automatically "I/Q Mod", uses the internal trigger and clock signals, and generates a WCDMA-3GPP signal, modulated with a QPSK 45°...

  • Page 52: Triggering The Instrument With An External Signal

    3.3.3 Triggering the instrument with an external signal The example configurations are rather theoretical cases, because you rarely use the R&S SMM100A as a standalone instrument. Usually, the instrument would be connec- ted to a device under test (DUT) and/or other measurement equipment. As a rule, whenever a test setup requires two or more devices, provide them with a common ref- erence frequency.
  • Page 53 56 To verify the current connector configuration The R&S SMM100A is equipped with multipurpose bi-directional User connectors. Because the signal direction, input or output, and the signal mapping are configurable, we recommend that you check the current configuration before cabling or further instrument's configurations.
  • Page 54 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument Figure 3-12: Signal mapping to the global connectors The "Global Connectors" dialog displays the current connectors configuration. The settings are configurable, but in this example we use the default mapping. 3. Alternatively, select "Block Diagram > Baseband > Misc > Custom Digital Mod", select the "Trigger In"...
  • Page 55 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument 3. Select "Global Connector Settings > Routing". 4. For "User 2", select "Direction > Input" and "Signal > Global Trigger 1". The instrument expects an external global trigger event. In the current configura- tion, the "Global Trigger"...
  • Page 56 Trying out the instrument To connect the instrument and the external trigger source 1. Use a suitable cable to connect the external trigger source to the User 2 connector of the R&S SMM100A. See Figure 3-13. Figure 3-13: Simplified representation of a test setup** ** = The figure depicts the cabling as a general principle;...

  • Page 57: Enabling And Configuring A Marker Signal

    User 1 connector of the R&S SMM100A (see Figure 3-12). 3. Use a suitable cable to connect the User 1 connector of the R&S SMM100A to the ® monitoring instrument, for example oscilloscope like R&S RTO. See Figure 3-14.

  • Page 58: Verifying The Generated Signal With The Graphics Display

    It is often useful to check the spectra of the configured signals, before you enable the RF output of the instrument. The R&S SMM100A provides a build-in function to represent the generated signal on a graphical signal display. We demonstrate this feature by showing the characteristics at one particular point of the signal processing chain.
  • Page 59 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument a) Select "Taskbar > System Configuration > Graphics" b) On the "Taskbar", tap the wave icon. The "Graphics Configuration" dialog opens. To visualize the signal 1. In the "Graphics Configuration" dialog, select "Mode > Constellation".
  • Page 60 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument The "Constellation Diagram" displays the 3GPP FDD signal. 5. To retrieve more information, zoom in. In some diagrams you can select "Show Marker" to measure the distance, for example, between two signals.

  • Page 61: Saving And Recalling Settings

    ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument See also Chapter 8, "Monitoring signal characteristics", on page 421. 3.3.6 Saving and recalling settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we save the instrument settings to a file.
  • Page 62 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument 3. Tap the "Save" button. The file MyTestSignal.savrcltxt is saved in the default directory /var/user. To load saved instrument settings You can restore the settings to the instrument at any time using the settings file.
  • Page 63 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument How to display all parameters with values different to their preset values When you load a file to your instrument and do not have enough information on the changed settings, visualize all parameters that have been changed from their default state.

  • Page 64: Generating An Eutra/Lte Signal

    We use one of the provided EUTRA test models (E-TM) to show how to generate a test signal upon a quick selection. 1. On the R&S SMM100A front panel, press the Preset key to start out in a defined instrument configuration.
  • Page 65 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument The more complex the digital standard itself is, the more comprehensive the further dialog and tab structure. The start dialog of each digital standard, however, follows a repeating dialog structure that comprises the tabs "General", "Trigger In", "Marker"...
  • Page 66 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Trying out the instrument Close the dialog. 6. On the "Status Bar", tap the "Frequency" and "Level" fields and enter new values, for example 2.1432 GHz and -20 dBm. Select "RF > On". The instrument generates an EUTRA/LTE test signal with the selected channel bandwidth, frequency, and level.

  • Page 67: System Overview

    "EUTRA/LTE Digital Standard for R&S SMM100A". 3.4 System overview This section helps you to get familiar with the R&S SMM100A. It provides an introduc- tion to the general concept of the instrument. This section also introduces the main blocks in the signal generation flow.

  • Page 68: Internal Baseband Source ("Baseband" Block)

    The information assumes R&S SMM100A base unit. For exact information on the available options, and on the minimum requirements and the interdependencies between the provided options, refer to the R&S SMM100A data sheet. Table 3-12: Required options per functional block (excerpt)

  • Page 69: Digital Baseband Input ("Bb Input"Block)

    ® Getting started R&S SMM100A System overview The baseband generator contains modules for real time signal generation (Custom Digital Modulation) and an arbitrary waveform generator (ARB). ● The available digital standards Generation of digital signals in accordance with the supported standards requires additional software options.

  • Page 70: Rf And Analog Modulations ("Rf" Block)

    ● Generation of digitally modulated signal The main field of application of the R&S SMM100A is the generation of digitally modulated signals. The R&S SMM100A generates a digitally modulated signal in several ways: using the internal baseband generator, using the externally applied digital baseband signals or in an analog wideband I/Q operation.

  • Page 71: Possible Ways To Operate The Instrument

    "Remote operation over VNC", on page 81. 3.5.2 Means of manual interaction For the manual interaction with the R&S SMM100A, you have several methods that you can use as an alternative to perform a task: ● Touchscreen: Touchscreen operation is the most direct way to interact. Almost all control ele- ments and actions on the screen are based on the standard operating system con- cept.

  • Page 72: Understanding The Display Information

    ● Using a key on the instrument or on a keyboard 3.5.3 Understanding the display information The block diagram of the R&S SMM100A displays all main settings and generator states, divided into three main operation areas. Figure 3-15: Block diagram...
  • Page 73 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control 3.5.3.1 Status bar The status bar at the top of the screen indicates the RF frequency and the level of the output signal provided to the DUT. You can set both parameters directly here.
  • Page 74 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control Starting from left up to the "I/Q Stream Mapper", you can see the functional blocks pro- vided in the baseband domain. After the stream mapper, the analog section contains the digital to analog conversion and modulation to RF.
  • Page 75 ● Info line The "Info line" shows brief status information and error messages. It appears when an event generates a message. If selected, the R&S SMM100A shows information on static errors and the error history. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 76 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control ● Key parameters indicated in tab labels Most dialogs are divided into tabs with logically grouped parameters. The tab label expresses the content and can also contain status indicators or the set value of a key parameter.

  • Page 77: Accessing The Functionality

    ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control 3.5.4 Accessing the functionality All functionalities are provided in dialog boxes as known from computer programs. You can control the instrument intuitively with the touchscreen. This section provides an overview of the accessing methods.

  • Page 78: Entering Data

    ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control ● Use the front panel keys: a) Press the [Left/Right] arrow keys to navigate to the list button. b) Press the [Enter] key to open the list. c) Press the [Up/Down] keys to navigate to the required option in the list.

  • Page 79: Getting Information And Help

    ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control For an overview of shortcuts supported by the R&S SMM100A, see Chapter B, "Unit shortcuts", on page 1038. 3. If the parameter does not require a unit, confirm the entered value by pressing "Enter".
  • Page 80 ® Getting started R&S SMM100A Instrument control a) Tap and hold the parameter for which you need information and tap "Help" in the context menu. b) Tap the parameter and press the [Help] key. The "Help" dialog opens. You can browse the help for further information.

  • Page 81: Remote Control

    The corresponding help topic is displayed. 3.5.7 Remote control In addition to working with the R&S SMM100A interactively, located directly at the instrument, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC. The R&S SMM100A supports various methods for remote control: ●...
  • Page 82 Instrument control Instrument control from a remote computer To access the basic utility functions of the R&S SMM100A, perform a right mouse click the block diagram and select "Key Emulation". A key panel to the right of the block diagram gives access to the utility functions provi- ded by the front panel keys.

  • Page 83: Configuring The Internal Baseband Source

    Overview of the signal generation modes 4 Configuring the internal baseband source The R&S SMM100A is a vector signal generator with internal signal generation and real-time functionality and with integrated arbitrary waveform generator. The instrument enables you to generate various digital modulation signals in accord- ance with the definitions in the corresponding specifications or with user-definable characteristics.

  • Page 84: Accessing The Functions In The Baseband Domain

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Accessing the functions in the baseband domain Create waveforms, for example, with the signal generation software R&S WinIQ- ® SIM2 or the R&S Pulse Sequencer software. ● The instrument provides different functions to generate waveforms internally.

  • Page 85: Generating Signals According To Digital Standards

    ® sion of Bluetooth 5.x, see the latest Bluetooth core specification document. For details, see the R&S SMM100A Bluetooth Enhanced Data Rate, Bluetooth 5.x user manual. LoRa This digital standard requires an instrument equipped with the LoRa option R&S SMM- K131.
  • Page 86 The 1xEV-DO options provide functionality to generate signals in accordance with the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO (Evolution-Data Optimized), Rev. A and Rev. B standard. For details, see the R&S SMM100A 1xEV-DO Rev. A Rev. B user manual. IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n, IEEE 802.11p/j, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11be This digital standard requires an instrument equipped with the WLAN options R&S SMM-K54/-K86/-K142/-K147.

  • Page 87: Common Functions And Settings In The Baseband Domain

    R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain For details, see the R&S SMM100A HRP UWB 802.15.4 user manual. EUTRA/LTE Rel. 8, Rel. 9, Rel. 10, Rel. 11, Rel. 12, Rel. 13/14, Cellular IoT, incl. Enhancements This digital standard requires an instrument equipped with the EUTRA/LTE options R&S SMM-K55/-K69/-K81/-K84/-K85/-K112/-K113/-K115/-K119/-K143.

  • Page 88: Basics On Signals, Modulation Types And Filters

    Chapter 11.2, "Configuring local and global connectors", on page 527. Internal modulation data The R&S SMM100A uses the following internal modulation data sources: ● Data lists Data lists are externally or internally created binary lists with modulation data. The instrument provides standard file select function for loading of existing data lists, creating internally new data lists or editing an existing one.
  • Page 89 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain instrument's hard disk. The filename is user-defined; the file extension is *.dm_iqd. The maximum length of a data list is determined by the size of the data list memory (see data sheet).
  • Page 90 Chapter 11.2, "Configuring local and global connectors", on page 527 ● Clock settings in the dialogs of the firmware options Control signals The following control signals are processed in the R&S SMM100A: ● "Burst Gate" for power ramping ● "Level Attenuation" for power ramping ●...
  • Page 91 Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Power ramping and level attenuation The R&S SMM100A uses the two control signals "Burst Gate" and "Lev_Att" to trigger the power ramping and level attenuation functions. The instrument internally generates control signals as configured in Chapter 4.5.3.8,...
  • Page 92 4.4.1.2 Regular marker output signals The R&S SMM100A can add additional signals to the generated signal. Marker signals (or markers) are digital signals which can be used to synchronize external devices to the generated data stream. For example, with suitable marker settings, a slot clock or frame clock can be selected, or the start of a particular modulation symbol can be marked.
  • Page 93 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Three marker output signals are available; they can be output at the User x connectors or at the T/M 1/2 connectors. Related settings: ●...
  • Page 94 4.4.1.3 Baseband trigger signals The R&S SMM100A provides several trigger modes, different trigger sources, and some additional trigger settings to suppress or delay the trigger events. This section provides an overview of the provided baseband trigger settings and the impact of the trigger settings on the signal generation.
  • Page 95 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain For information on the trigger signals used in the RF domain, see Chapter 7.10.1, "Sig- nal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes",...
  • Page 96 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain ● Trigger settings in the dialogs of the firmware options Impact of the trigger modes on the signal generation A trigger event affects the signal generation in different way, depending on the selected trigger mode.
  • Page 97 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Figure 4-4: Trigger mode single * = Internal trigger event (to simplify the description) ** = The signal is generated once to the length specified with "Trigger Signal Duration"...
  • Page 98 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Figure 4-6: Trigger mode retrigger * = Internal trigger event (to simplify the description) Compare the shape and the length of the red curve in single mode and in retrigger mode.
  • Page 99 Figure 4-8: Trigger mode armed retrigger * = Internal trigger event (to simplify the description) Impact of the additional trigger settings The R&S SMM100A provides a set of settings to configure the behavior upon receiving of a trigger signal. For example: ●...
  • Page 100 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Table 4-4: Impact of the parameter Sync. Output to (External) Trigger "Sync. Output to (External) Trigger = On" "Sync. Output to (External) Trigger = Off"...
  • Page 101 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Figure 4-9: Trigger delay and trigger inhibit in trigger mode retrigger Specifying delay and inhibit values Trigger delay and inhibit values are expressed in the units of the generated signal, e.g.
  • Page 102 4.4.1.4 Supported modulation signals The R&S SMM100A supports a range of predefined digital and analog modulation sig- nals. This section focuses on the possibility to digitally modulate the baseband signal. In communication techniques, commonly used digital modulation schemes are based on keying.
  • Page 103 Also, the tool sup- ports the creation of nearly any arbitrarily chosen constellation diagram. The output of "mapwiz" is a mapping file (*.vam) that can be imported into a R&S SMM100A. The program was developed on a 32-bit Microsoft Windows platform under MATLAB.
  • Page 104 The filter wizard (filtwiz) is a tool from Rohde & Schwarz designed for creating filter files that can be imported on a R&S SMM100A. Its main purpose is the conversion of user-defined finite impulse response (FIR) filters into the filter format (*.vaf). Beyond this filtwiz provides designs for standard filters, e.g.
  • Page 105 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Cut Off Frequency The cut-off frequency or corner frequency is a filter characteristic that defines the fre- quency at the 3 dB down point. This frequency is bound to the transition band; here the filter characteristic changes form the passband to the stopband, where the signal is suppressed.
  • Page 106 Both effects increase the adjacent-channel power. Direct approaches At the individual signal generation stages, the R&S SMM100A offers different direct approaches aimed to reduce the crest factor. While the corresponding parameters are enabled, the implemented algorithms ensure minimizing the crest factor or achieving of predefined target crest factor by applying of automatic settings.
  • Page 107 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain The provided crest factor reduction methods include: ● Internal calculation of optimized carrier phases for the individual carriers in a multi carrier signal ●...

  • Page 108: Common Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Example: The following figures demonstrate the effect of the clipping on the crest factor for typi- cal scenarios. Enabled is clipping with vector mode (|I+q|), using a signal configuration with 2 active channels.
  • Page 109 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Routing and enabling a trigger The provided trigger signals are not dedicated to a particular connector. Trigger signals can be mapped to one or more User x or T/M connectors.
  • Page 110 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Refer to "Impact of the trigger modes on the signal generation" on page 96 for a detailed description of the provided trigger modes. Remote command: on page 783 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence...
  • Page 111 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain The trigger event is the active edge of an external trigger signal provided and con- figured at the User x connectors. ● "Baseband Sync In"...
  • Page 112 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Remote command: on page 785 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT on page 838 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT (Specified) External Delay/(Specified) Trigger Delay The name of the parameter and the units the delay is expressed in, changes depend-...
  • Page 113 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Settings: Marker Mode....................... 113 Marker x Delay......................113 Marker Mode Basic marker configuration for up to three marker channels. The contents of the dialog change with the selected marker mode.
  • Page 114 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Common functions and settings in the baseband domain Remote command: on page 788 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay on page 842 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay on page 858 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay 4.4.2.3 Clock settings Access: ► Select "Baseband > Custom Dig Mod > Clock".

  • Page 115: Generating Custom Digital Modulated Signals

    An inappropriate change of a parameter triggers a settings conflict, which is indicated by a message on the "Info" line in the display. Although the R&S SMM100A displays the selected settings, the generated modulation signal does not correspond to this dis- play.

  • Page 116: Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals The dialog is divided into several tabs. In each case, the current setting is dis- played in the tab name. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.16.4.2, "SOURce:BB:DM...
  • Page 117 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Settings: State..........................117 Set To Default......................117 Save/Recall......................... 117 Set according to Standard...................117 Symbol Rate........................118 Coding......................... 118 Power Ramp Control....................118 State Enables/disables digital modulation. Switching on digital modulation turns off all other digital standards.

  • Page 118: Trigger, Marker And Clock Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "User" Set automatically, this value indicates a modification made on at least one of the parameters. Use the "Save/Recall" function to save and recall customized set- tings.
  • Page 119 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals This tab provides access to the settings necessary to select and configure the data source, like access to data and list editors or direct selection of PRBS data.
  • Page 120 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "Data List" Binary data from data lists are used, see Select Data List. Remote command: on page 789 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:CATalog? on page 790 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:SELect Remote command: on page 774 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SOURce...

  • Page 121: Modulation Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals 4.5.3.4 Modulation settings Access: ► Select "Baseband > Custom Digital Mod > Modulation". This tab provides access to the modulation settings, e.g modulation type, FSK devia- tion, or modulation depth. The dialog shows the theoretical constellation diagram of the selected modulation.
  • Page 122 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Remote command: on page 778 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FORMat Load User Mapping Accesses the "Select List File User Mapping" dialog to select the mapping table (see "User mapping" on page 103). The dialog provides all standard file management func- tions.

  • Page 123: Filter Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Remote command: on page 780 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:TYPE Deviation xxxx For "Variable FSK", sets the deviation of the associated symbol. The number of sym- bols depends on the selected modulation type. The value of each symbol is indicated in binary format, i.e.
  • Page 124 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Settings: Filter..........................124 Filter Parameter......................124 Cutoff Frequency Factor....................124 Bandwidth........................125 Load User Filter......................125 Filter Selects the baseband filter. Refer to Chapter 4.5.5.2, "Predefined baseband filters", on page 142 for an overview of the available filter types, their filter shapes and filter parameters.

  • Page 125: Power Ramp Control Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Remote command: on page 777 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASs on page 777 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASSEVM on page 777 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:APCO25Lsm:GAUSs on page 777 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:APCO25Lsm:LOWPass Bandwidth Determines the bandwidth of the cosine filter, so that the function in H(f) = 0 is fulfilled for f >= (1 + rolloff)* bandwidth /2.
  • Page 126 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals The dialog comprises the settings used to configure the power ramping, like the source of the control signals, the form of the ramp function and the applied attenuation.
  • Page 127 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "Internal" The control signals as defined in the internal control list are used for control purposes. See also Chapter 4.5.4.1, "How to create and assign a control list",...

  • Page 128: Data List Editor

    783 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:BBONly[:STATe] 4.5.3.7 Data list editor The R&S SMM100A provides the following ways to create a data list file: ● To use the dedicated "Data List Editor" and create a file with extension *.dm_iqd, "To create data lists manually"...
  • Page 129 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals For example, in the directory /var/user/, enter "Filename" = dl_3gpp The "Data List Editor" is a list of binary values with a maximum length of 2 bits.

  • Page 130: Control And Marker Lists Editor

    Saves the changes into the selected data list file. 4.5.3.8 Control and marker lists editor The R&S SMM100A provides the following ways to create a file containing control sig- nals: ● To use the tag-oriented format and create a control list file, see "To create a control...
  • Page 131 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals 5. Select "Edit". The dedicated internal "Control Data Editor" is an intuitive graphical interface provi- ded for defining and managing of: ● Marker signals ● Control signals, like the CW, "Hop", "Burst Gate", and "Lev_Att" control signals (see also "Control signals"...
  • Page 132 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Preset Type......................... 132 Cursor Position......................133 Positions Control Signal....................133 Zoom/Visible........................133 Save/Save As......................134 Configure Control Signal Displays the color the marker/control signal has been assigned. The status checkbox indicates whether the individual marker or control signal is assigned or enabled (see Chapter 4.5.4.1, "How to create and assign a control...
  • Page 133 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "Ramp Up/Down, Ramp Down/Up" Created is a ramp sequence of low to high and high to low transitions, respectively high to low, and low to high transitions. The ramps are symmetrically distributed around the center of the displayed signal area but be later shifted as required.

  • Page 134: How To Create Data And Control Lists

    115. 4.5.4.1 How to create and assign a control list The R&S SMM100A provides the following ways to create a file containing control sig- nals: ● To use the dedicated Control and marker lists editor and create a file in ASCII for- mat and with extension *.dm_iqc, see...
  • Page 135 To use a marker/control signal from a control list and to output this signal at the suppor- ted connector, perform the following: ► Enable the R&S SMM100A to use the control list for marker output 2. Output this signal at the T/M2 connector: a) Select "Baseband >...
  • Page 136 Irrespectively on the way they are created, generated data lists are not automatically used. 1. To enable the R&S SMM100A to use the data list as data source for the custom digital modulation: a) Select "Baseband > Custom Digital Modulation > Data Source > Data List"...

  • Page 137: References

    R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals 2. To enable the R&S SMM100A to use the data list as data source for any of the digi- tal standards: a) Select the "Data List Name" in the individual dialog. For example, for "Baseband > 3GPP FDD > Basestations > BS1 > Channel Table >...
  • Page 138 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Standard Modulation Symbol rate Filter Coding Parameter for SCPI command APCO Phase1 pi/4-DQPSK 4.8 ksym/s Cosine, roll off = 0.2, BW APCO25(PSK) APCOPH1CQpsk CQPSK = 4.8 kHz...
  • Page 139 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Table 4-7: Permissible coding combinations for modulation symbols and modulation type Differ- Phase Diff.+ Gray NADC, TFTS/ INMARSAT, APCO2 APCO25 ential Diff. Gray PDC, TETR ICO, 5 (FSK)
  • Page 140 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Differ- Phase Diff.+ Gray NADC, TFTS/ INMARSAT, APCO2 APCO25 ential Diff. Gray PDC, TETR ICO, 5 (FSK) (8PSK) PHS, WCDMA, TETRA, cdma2000 APCO25 (PSK), 16APSK 32APSK 4.5.5.1...
  • Page 141 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals Example: Differential coding for QPSK modulation with K = 2 bit/symbol Decimal display; the value range for modulation symbols is a = {0, 1, 2, 3} According to...
  • Page 142 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals 4.5.5.2 Predefined baseband filters Table 4-12 shows the filters that are available, together with their associated parameters. The filter characteristic is displayed in graphical form. Table 4-12: Overview of the baseband filters "Raised Cosine (RC)"...
  • Page 143 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "Edge Wide Pulse Shape" "cdmaOne" "cdmaOne 705kHz" "cdmaOne + Equalizer" User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 144 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "cdmaOne 705kHz + Equalizer" "cdma2000 3X" "APCO25" "APCO25 (H-CPM)" "Roll Off Factor" User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 145 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "APCO25 (LSM)" "Split Phase" "Gauss Cut Off Frequency" "B*T" "Lowpass Cut Off Frequency" "Rectangular" "Dirac" User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 146 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating custom digital modulated signals "Lowpass (ACP optim.)" "Lowpass (EVM optim.)" User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 147: Using The Arbitrary Waveform Generator (Arb)

    4.6 Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) is an I/Q modulation source of the R&S SMM100A. The ARB allows the playback and output of any externally calculated modulation signals in the form of waveform files. The ARB can also generate multi-car- rier or multi-segment signals from the waveform files.

  • Page 148: About Arb

    4.6.2.1 Waveform files sources In ARB mode, the R&S SMM100A uses ARB waveform files to obtain the digital I/Q data of the baseband signal. The R&S SMM100A can play back any waveform file saved on a network drive but it can also generate and play back simple waveforms for test purposes.
  • Page 149 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Irrespectively of the way they are created, you can load the externally generated waveform files into the instrument via one of the available interfaces, e.g., USB or LAN.
  • Page 150 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) In general, the I/Q samples are located on a deformed circle which is confined to the dashed square in the upper diagrams. ● "Rect" test signal: Rectangle signal with selectable but equal On and Off periods and amplitude.
  • Page 151 Conventional ARB generators often assume oversampling factors of 4. The ARB gen- erator of the R&S SMM100A requires low oversampling factors and still provides excel- lent signal quality in terms of EVM and ACP. A reduced sample rate saves significantly the amount of memory or allows an increased signal cycle time, and vice versa.

  • Page 152: Arb Settings

    4.6.2.4 Impact of enabled number of marker signals on waveform length The R&S SMM100A provides the possibility to define marker signals, that are sent to the marker outputs in synchronicity with the I/Q output signals. Marker signals can be either predefined or later defined.

  • Page 153: Arb General Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Settings: ● ARB general settings.................... 153 ● Sine test signals....................157 ● Rectangular test signal..................158 ● Constant IQ test signal..................159 ● Trigger, marker and clock settings................ 160 4.6.3.1...
  • Page 154 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Settings: State..........................154 Set To Default......................154 Load Waveform/File....................155 Waveform Info......................155 Clock Frequency......................155 RF Power Ramping with Burst Marker................156 Create Multi Segment....................156 Create Multi Carrier.....................156...
  • Page 155 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Parameter Value Marker Mode Unchanged Clock Source Internal Remote command: on page 804 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:PRESet Load Waveform/File Accesses the standard "File Select" function of the instrument. The provided navigation possibilities in the dialog are self-explanatory.
  • Page 156 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Remote command: on page 812 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk RF Power Ramping with Burst Marker Option: R&S SMM-K22 If activated, the burst gate marker signal included in the ARB waveform file is used as marker signal for the pulse modulator.

  • Page 157: Sine Test Signals

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) 4.6.3.2 Sine test signals Access: ► Select "Baseband > ARB > General > Test Signal Form > Sine" and press "Create Test Signal". This dialog provides settings for configuration of a sinusoidal test signal. A sine wave is generated on the I path, and a sine wave of the same frequency but phase-shifted is generated on the Q path.

  • Page 158: Rectangular Test Signal

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Phase Offset Q Enters the phase offset of the sine-wave signal on the Q channel relative to the sine- wave signal on the I channel. Remote command: on page 807 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:PHASe...

  • Page 159: Constant Iq Test Signal

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Offset DC........................159 Generate Signal File....................159 Generate Signal RAM....................159 Frequency Enters the frequency of the test signal. Remote command: on page 806 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:FREQuency Samples per Period Enters the number of sample values required for the rectangular signal per period.

  • Page 160: Trigger, Marker And Clock Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) 2. Select "Create Test Signal". This dialog provides settings for configuration of a continuous test signal with con- stant IQ. The I and Q values for each path are adjustable but constant. For more information, refer to Chapter 4.6.2.2, "ARB test...
  • Page 161 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) ● Chapter 4.4.2.4, "Local and global connectors settings", on page 114 The following settings are specific to the ARB dialog. Processing Time......................161 Marker Mode....................... 161 Delay (Time)........................161...

  • Page 162: How To Create, Generate And Play Waveform Files

    167. Provided the R&S SMM100A is equipped with the required option, you can load this waveform file and subsequent process it with the instrument. This section provides examples on the internal waveform file generation and on the external generation with the R&S WinIQSIM2.
  • Page 163 Navigate to the directory, in that you want to save the file, e.g. /var/user/. b) Enter a filename (e.g. lte_waveform). c) Click "Save". The R&S SMM100A saves the generated waveform file lte_waveform.wv under the selected directory /var/user/. To process the waveform file, load it in the ARB, see Chapter 4.6.4.3, "How to load...
  • Page 164 Alternatively, use the "New" function to add the R&S SMM100A manually to the list of instruments. 4. Close the dialog. 5. In the block diagram, select "Vector Sig Gen" block and select the R&S SMM100A form the list. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 165 SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) 6. In the block diagram, select "ARB Sig Gen" block and select the R&S SMM100A form the list. The two lines to the "Vector Sig Gen" and "ARB Sig Gen" blocks on the block dia- gram confirm that a remote connection to the R&S SMM100A is established.
  • Page 166 The display confirms the expected EUTRA/LTE 10 MHz spectrum. To transfer the waveform file to the R&S SMM100A 1. In the R&S WinIQSIM2, select "Transmission > Transmit". 2. In the "Waveform Transmission to Arbitrary Waveform Generator" dialog, select: a) "Transmit from >...
  • Page 167 SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The waveform is transmitted to the default directory of the R&S SMM100A. 3. In the R&S SMM100A, select "Baseband > ARB". The dialog confirms that the ARB is enabled and plays the transmitted waveform.
  • Page 168 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Figure 4-13: Principle of creating a waveform manually The following steps outline how to create the waveform file SICO.wv: 1. Calculate the sine and cosine values, e.g. use the SICO.cpp program.
  • Page 169 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Figure 4-15 shows the calculation and conversion steps. The highlighted col- umns contain the resulting I and Q values represented in Little endian format. Figure 4-15: I and Q values calculation and conversion 3.
  • Page 170 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Note: There is no readable representation for binary values in this document. This is why we use the sequence I0Q0I1Q1...InQn to characterize the binary code in the present example.
  • Page 171 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) // SICO.wv // Generating a binary data set from the I/Q pairs in the file SICO.txt // and storing the result to file SICO.wv FILE *fp_sour, *fp_dest;...
  • Page 172 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) To define periodical marker trace The waveform in the example on Figure 4-16 consists of 3 frames, each frame is 100- samples long. The waveform is processed continuously ("Trigger Mode > Auto").
  • Page 173 150 samples. 4.6.4.7 How to create a control list using tag file format The R&S SMM100A provides the following ways to create a file containing control sig- nals: ● to use the dedicated "Control Data Editor" and create a file in ASCII format and with extension *.dm_iqc, see...
  • Page 174 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) They can be inserted after the TYPE tag in arbitrary order. An example of the control list file contents could be: {TYPE:SMU-CL}{COPYRIGHT:Rohde&Schwarz} {DATE:2012-06-11;15:00:09}{HOP LIST:0:0;498:1;506:0} {CW MODE LIST:0:0;380:1}{LEVATT LIST 3:0:0;464:1} {BURST LIST:0:0;122:1;270:0;582:1;924:0}...
  • Page 175 :SOURce1:BB:DM:PRAMp:SOURce INTernal 4.6.4.8 How to create a data list using tag file format The R&S SMM100A provides the following ways to create a data list file: ● To use the dedicated "Data List Editor" and create a file with extension *.dm_iqd, "To create data lists manually"...
  • Page 176 We assume, that a data list dl.dm_iqd is created and saved in the direc- tory /var/user/. The following example shows how to enable the R&S SMM100A to use this data list as data source for the custom digital modulation. MMEM:CDIRectory "/var/user"...

  • Page 177: Tags For Waveforms, Data And Control Lists

    For each tag, an indication shows whether it must be included in the file concerned (mandatory) or may be included (optional). Unknown tags are not analyzed by the R&S SMM100A; they are left unchanged and saved without an error message for a possible further read back.
  • Page 178 (mandatory, must be the first tag in the file) Identifies the file as a valid R&S SMM100A file. It must be present and must be the first in the waveform. If a file of the same name exists on the target medium, it is overwrit- ten.
  • Page 179 The tag contains a plain text ASCII string of arbitrary length. The string is not analyzed in the R&S SMM100A. It is used to describe the file. The string is allowed to contain all printable ASCII characters except the closing curly bracket.

  • Page 180: Clock: Frequency

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The tag contains the date and time at which the file was created. The year must be expressed as four digits. The instrument does not analyze this tag.

  • Page 181: Control Length: Controllength

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The tag specifies the clock frequency at which the waveform has to be output, in Hz (on multi-segment waveforms this tag contains the maximal clock of all segments).

  • Page 182: Emptytag-Length: #Emptysequence

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Example: {CONTROL LENGTH: 500} SOURce:BB:ARBitary:CLISt:TAG? 'CONTROL LENGTH' Queries the length of the control list. Response: 500 Manual operation: "Total List Length" on page 132 {EMPTYTAG-Length: #EmptySequence} (mandatory in automatically generated one and multi-segment waveforms) This tag is empty, i.e.

  • Page 183: Marker Mode [#]: Generator

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The tag determines the level of the ARB signal in the waveform file. The offset levels define the offset of RMS and peak value relative to the 16-bit full scale modulation (-32767 to + 32767) = 0 dB.

  • Page 184: Samples: Samples

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) requires 4 bits per I/Q sample, additionally to the 32 bits required to describe an I/Q sample. ● Tag is used The marker signals defined with the tag are processed internally;...

  • Page 185: Waveform-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The processing of the marker traces (MARKER LIST) depends additionally on the presence of the tag MARKER MODE. Setting parameters: [TRACE] MARKER | BURST | LEVATT | CW MODE | HOP | MAP Name of the marker or control signal.

  • Page 186: Mwv_Segment_Count: Numofseg

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) Setting parameters: Length Specifies the number of bytes in a WAVEFORM tag and is calcula- ted as follows: Length = Number of I/Q pairs * 4 (2 bytes per I and 2...

  • Page 187: Mwv_Segment_Duration: Segdur0, Segdur1

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) {MWV_SEGMENT_DURATION: SegDur0, SegDur1, …, SegDurN-1} (optional for multi-segment waveforms) The tag gives the time duration (in seconds) per segment. Example: {MWV_SEGMENT_DURATION: 1,0.5} Multi-segment waveform with 2 segments, lasting 1 s and 0.5 s each.

  • Page 188: Mwv_Segment_Clock: Clockseg0, Clockseg1

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) The tag CLOCK contains always the highest clock rate of all segments. The tag MWV_SEGMENT_CLOCK contains the clock rates of the individual segments. Setting parameters: Mode UNCHANGED The segments may have different clock rates;...

  • Page 189: Mwv_Segment_Level_Offs

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) EQUALRMS Segments are output so that all segments have the same RMS value. The value displayed with the parameter "Task bar > Level" applies to all segments.

  • Page 190: Mwv_Segmentx_Comment: Text

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) {MWV_SEGMENTx_COMMENT: text} (optional for multi-segment waveforms) The tag contains a user comment for a specific segment x = [0…NumOfSeg-1] in the multi-segment waveform in ASCII format.
  • Page 191 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) 4.6.5.3 Tags for data lists The following tags apply to data lists, additionally to the tags listed in Chapter 4.6.5.1, "Common tags", on page 178..................191 {DATA BITLENGTH: BitLength} .................
  • Page 192 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) ........... 193 {MAP LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} ........193 {MARKER LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} ........193 {[TRACE] LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} {CONTROL LENGTH: ControlLength} (optional / recommended for marker and control lists) The tag specifies the length of all control or marker list in ASCII format.
  • Page 193 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Using the arbitrary waveform generator (ARB) {MAP LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} {MARKER LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} {[TRACE] LIST [#]: Pos0:State0; Pos1:State1; ...PosN-1:StateN-1} (mandatory for control lists / optional for waveforms) The tag contains the data for the marker and control signals in the control list or the marker signals of ARB waveforms.

  • Page 194: Generating Notched Signals

    The NPR measurement use notched filters that are applied on internally or externally created waveforms. The R&S SMM100A equipped with the R&S SMM-K811 option allows you to define up to 25 notches. You can define the frequency offset and bandwidth of each notch indi- vidually.

  • Page 195: Notch Filter Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating notched signals ● OFDM Signal Generation 4.7.3 Notch filter settings Access: 1. Select "System Configuration" with separate sources. Select "System Configuration > Fading/Baseband Config." > "BB Source Config = Separted". 2. Select "Baseband > ARB > Notch Filter".
  • Page 196 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating notched signals This section describes the notched filter settings based on the ARB functionality. The described settings, however, also apply for: ● EUTRA/LTE ● OFDM Signal Generation Settings: State..........................196 Clock Frequency......................196 Number of Notches.....................
  • Page 197 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating notched signals Notch definition table Comprises the setting used to define the notch filter. The notch filter is defined as a sequence of notches; it is described in a table form,...

  • Page 198: Awgn Test Signal

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating notched signals on page 835 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:EUTRa:NOTCh:APPLy on page 835 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:OFDM:NOTCh:APPLy 4.7.4 AWGN test signal Option: R&S SMM-K811. See also Chapter 4.7.1, "Required options", on page 194. Access: ► Select "Baseband > ARB > General > Test Signal Form > AWGN".
  • Page 199 0.96 * f = 96 MHz. clock 7. Select "ARB > State > On" and "RF > On". The R&S SMM100A processes the waveform file and generates an AWGN signal. Settings: Samples........................199 Generate Signal RAM....................200 Samples Sets the number of samples generated for the AWGN waveform.

  • Page 200: Reducing The Crest Factor

    To fulfill the requirements of these test systems and to enable rapid alternation between different waveforms with differing test signals, the R&S SMM100A provides the functionality to generate multi-segment waveform files. This section introduces the concept of the multi-segment waveform files, together with description of the provided settings and some typical configuration examples.
  • Page 201 “Play List”. The R&S SMM100A provides the possibility to define a sequence of different segments and to determine whether a segment is played once or repeated several times and to adjust the transition between the segments.
  • Page 202 4.9.2.3 File concept To provide flexible configuration, the building of a composed multi-segment waveform file involves different stages; by completing of each of them, the R&S SMM100A cre- ates and stores a dedicated file. The following files are used: ●...
  • Page 203 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files for one of these purposes overwrites markers that use the same output connector and that are defined in the individual waveforms. Figure 4-24: Example of marker signals The segment begin is defined by the low-high slope of the marker, which applies for switching between two segments and if there is a segment replay.
  • Page 204 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Figure 4-26 illustrates how trigger events affect the processing of the multi-seg- ment waveforms. Figure 4-26: Principle of segment triggering = To simplify the description, an internal next segment trigger event ("Exec. Next Segment") and an internal trigger event ("Execute Trigger") are used;...
  • Page 205 Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Defining the Transition between the Segments The R&S SMM100A provides the parameter "Next Segment Mode" to define the transi- tion to the subsequent segment (see the graphs in Transition examples). ●...

  • Page 206: Multi-Segment Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files ● The triangle on the top line denotes a trigger event. A filled triangle on the bottom line denotes a next segment event. ● A green sine wave (or other shape) over a full period indicates one replay cycle of a segment.
  • Page 207 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 4. Select "Baseband > ARB > General". The "Load Waveform" confirms that the current multi-segment file is loaded (file- name as defined with "Output File"). Note: The provided settings depend on the current waveform.
  • Page 208 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Settings: List........................208 Load List........................208 Save List/Save List As....................208 Sequencing List......................208 Comment........................208 Output file........................209 Create/Create and Load....................209 New List Accesses the standard "Create Multi Segment Waveform List" function to enter the name of the new file.
  • Page 209 ● "Create and Load" Creates a multi-segment waveform and loads it in the ARB generator. The R&S SMM100A stores the multi-carrier waveform as file with filename as specified with parameter Output file. Depending on the configuration of the multi-carrier waveform, calculation takes some time.
  • Page 210 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 5. Select "Append Blank" to add a bank segment and configure the "Blank Segment Settings" as required. This section explains the settings, necessary to create and adjust the contents of the multi-segment file.
  • Page 211 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files "Comment" Indication of the possible comment contained in the waveform. "Info" Indication of the possible comment contained in the waveform. Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SEGMent:CATalog? on page 815 Append/Delete/Shift Seg. Up/Down Standard handling functions: "Append"...
  • Page 212 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 4.9.3.3 Level / clock / marker settings Access: 1. Select "Baseband > ARB > General > Multi Segment". 2. In the "ARB: Multi Segment > General" dialog, select an existing list.
  • Page 213 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files "Unchanged" Each segment is output with the clock rate defined in its waveform file. Note: Segments with equal clock rates are required for "Next Seg- ment Mode > Next Segment Seamless".
  • Page 214 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Segment Restart Enables/disables the generation of an extra restart marker in the output waveform file. If additional marker generation is enabled, the existing marker signals in the individual segment waveform files are not considered, see also Chapter 4.9.2.4, "Impact of the...
  • Page 215 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files A new sequencing list contains no information. 9. Use the "Append/Delete" and "Up/Down" functions to configure the order the seg- ments are processed. The user interface shows the configured play list in form of a "Sequencing Graphic".
  • Page 216 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Settings: New/Load Sequencing List..................216 Save List/Save List As....................216 Sequencing List......................216 Assigned to Multi Seg. Waveform................216 New/Load Sequencing List Accesses the standard "Select Sequencing List" function to define the name of the new play list file or select of an existing one.
  • Page 217 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Settings: Sequencing Play List....................217 └ Next.......................218 └ Append......................218 └ Delete......................218 └ Shift Id# Up/Down..................218 Sequencing Graphic....................218 Sequencing Play List The "Sequencing Play List" table defines the sequence order the waveform file seg- ments are processed and how many times each of them is repeated.
  • Page 218 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Next ← Sequencing Play List Determines the action after completing the current one, like for instance which seg- ment is processed after the processing of the current one is finished.
  • Page 219 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 2. Select "Baseband > ARB > Trigger In (MSW)". The "Next Segment Trigger In" section comprises the settings necessary to adjust the trigger for switching between the segments of a multi-segment waveform. The parameters displayed depend on the selected trigger source.
  • Page 220 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Use the parameter Next Segment Mode to define whether the new segment is gener- ated immediately or only after the previous segment has been fully generated (wrap around). The subsequent trigger event after the last segment causes the first segment to be output again.
  • Page 221 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Next Segment Source Determines whether the next segment is switched upon receiving of an external trigger signal or upon executing of software next segment trigger (see Figure 4-26).

  • Page 222: How To Create And Work With Multi-Segment Waveform Files

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 4.9.4 How to create and work with multi-segment waveform files This section provides step-by-step instructions on how to configure and use the multi- segment settings. The Figure 4-27...
  • Page 223 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files The following description emphasizes on the settings required to fulfill the particular task or achieve the desired performance; standard basic settings are not discussed. All provided examples use the example segment sequence as shown on Figure 4-28.
  • Page 224 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files The "ARB > Trigger In (MSW)" settings display the currently output segment: "Cur- rent Segment Name = Seg#0" and "Curent Segment Index = 0". Seg#0 is output continuously.
  • Page 225 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 4. A segment ("Current Segment") is output continuously as long as the value of the parameter "Segment" is not changed. Change the value of the parameter "ARB >...
  • Page 226 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files To configure a multi-segment sequence using the play list function The ARB Sequencer mode requires waveform files with equal clock rate! We assume, that a multi-segment sequence composed of four segments (Seg#0, Seg#1, Seg#2 and Seg#3) is created and loaded in the ARB (see "To apply a manual...

  • Page 227: Reference To Triggering Of Multi-Segment Waveforms

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files 7. Select "ARB > Trigger (MSW) > Trigger Source = Internal" The segments are played back (output) as defined in the sequencing list, i.e. the switch over to the next segment is performed automatically according to the rules and segment order defined in the "Sequencing Play List".
  • Page 228 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Table 4-16: Waveform triggering: "Next Trigger Mode = Same Segment", "Trigger Source = Internal" "Trigger Mode" Description "Auto" Output starts at once and the segment is generated continuously. Trigger events are ignored.
  • Page 229 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-segment waveform files Table 4-18: Waveform triggering: "Next Trigger Mode = Next Segment", "Trigger Source = External" "Trigger Mode" Description "Auto" Output starts at once and the segment is generated continuously.

  • Page 230: Generating Multi-Carrier Signals

    4.10 Generating multi-carrier signals To simulate complex multi-carrier scenarios with different baseband signals, the R&S SMM100A provides the possibility to generate multi-carrier waveforms. These waveforms can consist of up to 512 carriers, each modulated by the same or by differ- ent user-selectable baseband signal.

  • Page 231: Required Options

    ARB. The R&S SMM100A saves the created multi-carrier waveform file under user definable name; as with the single carrier waveforms, the used file extension is *.wv. The instru- ment appends additional information to the header of the composed waveform file.
  • Page 232 RF frequency shows no phase jump. It is assumed that the carrier is unmodulated. – For odd number of carriers: RoundedCarrierSpacing = 1/OutputSignalDuration*round(CarrierSpac- ing*OutputSignalDuration) – For even number of carriers: RoundedCarrierSpacing = 2/OutputSignalDuration*round(0.5*CarrierSpac- ing*OutputSignalDuration) The R&S SMM100A provides the parameter Mode for this purpose. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 233: Multi-Carrier Settings

    106. This section focuses on the settings provided for and rela- ted to the multicarrier signals. The R&S SMM100A provides a crest factor reduction in form of an automatic optimiza- tion upon selected values for the following parameters: ●...
  • Page 234 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals 4.10.3.1 General settings Access: ► Select "Baseband > ARB > General > Create Multi Carrier". This tab comprises settings for selecting the output waveform file, enabling the genera- tion, and the configuration of the carrier distribution.

  • Page 235: Set To Default

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Set to Default Calls the default settings. Parameter Value "Number of Carriers" "1" "Carrier Spacing" "0 MHz" "Crest Factor Mode" "Off" "Signal Period Mode" "Longest file wins" Remote command: on page 822 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:PRESet...

  • Page 236: Carrier Spacing

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Carrier Spacing Sets the frequency spacing between adjacent carriers of the multi-carrier waveform. The carriers are arranged symmetrically around the RF carrier and the maximum car- rier spacing is limited to: "Carrier Spacing"...

  • Page 237: Signal Period Mode

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals When the cutoff frequency is set as half of the output sample rate, a final lowpass filter improves the spectrum of the clipped multicarrier signal. This process can increase the resulting crest factor.
  • Page 238 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals "RMS" The individual carriers are leveled based on their RMS power and the configured "Carrier Gain". Example: A multi carrier signal is composed from two waveform files. First carrier "Gain" = 0 dB Second carrier "Gain"...

  • Page 239: Output Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Remote command: on page 826 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:POWer:REFerence Output Settings The output settings indicate the name, the file size, and the clock rate of the currently calculated multi-carrier output file. Output File ← Output Settings Accesses the standard "File Select"...
  • Page 240 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals This multi-carrier waveform is saved with filename specified in "Output File". Depend- ing on the configuration of the multi-carrier waveform, calculation can take some time. To stop the calculation, use the "Abort" function.
  • Page 241 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Delay........................... 241 File..........................241 Info..........................242 !!!..........................242 Number of Carriers Defines the number of carriers of the multi-carrier waveform. This parameter is identical to the one in the "General Setting" section.
  • Page 242 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Remote command: on page 829 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FILE Info Indicates the sample rate, number of I/Q value pairs (number of samples), and the sig- nal period of the selected file. Remote command: n.a.
  • Page 243 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Settings: Carrier State........................243 Carrier Start/Start......................243 Gain Start........................243 Gain Step........................243 Phase Start......................... 243 Phase Step........................244 Delay Start........................244 Delay Step........................244 Input Waveform File....................244 Apply Assistant Settings....................244 Carrier State Switches the carriers in the range "Carrier Start"...
  • Page 244 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals Phase Step Sets the step width that is used to increment the phase. The resulting phase in the carrier table equals: Phase = "Phase Start" + n*"Phase Step" n is a value between 0 and the difference of "Carrier Stop" and "Carrier Start".

  • Page 245: How To Use The Multi-Carrier Function

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals 2. Select "ARB: Multi Carrier > Carrier Graph" The carrier graph is a graphical representation of the current multi-carrier configu- ration in the frequency domain. The height of the bars corresponds to the gain of each individual carrier. The bars width indicates the bandwidth of the carriers signals.
  • Page 246 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier signals c) Confirm with "Select". 2. To enable signal generation, select "3GPP FDD > General > ON". 3. To create a 3GPP ARB file, select "3GPP FDD > Generate Waveform".

  • Page 247: Generating Multi-Carrier Continuous Wave Signal

    10. Select "ARB > State > On" to enable the ARB generator. 4.11 Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal The multi-carrier continuous wave (MCCW) is a firmware option that enables the R&S SMM100A to calculate up to 160001 continuous wave signals. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 248: Required Options

    Option Multi-Carrier CW (R&S SMM-K261) 4.11.2 About the MCCW The R&S SMM100A can calculate and generate a multi-carrier continuous wave signal build form up to 8192 unmodulated carriers. The carrier offset and the power level of the carriers are user-definable. The provided settings allow individual configuration of each carrier and the joint configuration of subset of carriers.
  • Page 249 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.16.4.4, "SOURce:BB:MCCW subsystem", on page 843. Settings: 4.11.3.1 General carrier settings Access: ► Select "Baseband > Multi-Carrier CW".
  • Page 250 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal Multi-carrier CW signals are computed in arbitrary waveform mode. To adopt the changes in the settings of individual carriers, select "Accept". This selection applies to the settings in the "Table Setup Assistant" section and the "Carrier Table" dialog.
  • Page 251 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal Optimize Crest Factor Mode Selects the mode for automatically minimizing the crest factor. The carrier start phases are automatically configured according to the selected mode. Methods of reducing the crest factor differ regarding both the optimization achievable and the time required for computation.
  • Page 252 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal Settings: Table Setup Assistant....................252 └ Carrier Start/Stop..................252 └ Carrier State....................252 └ Power Start....................253 └ Power Step....................253 └ Phase Start....................253 └ Phase Step....................253 └...
  • Page 253 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal Power Start ← Table Setup Assistant Sets the power of the starting carrier. Remote command: on page 852 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt] Power Step ← Table Setup Assistant Sets the width of the step with which the power is changed from carrier to carrier.
  • Page 254 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal "Phase" Sets the starting phase of a carrier. If you use the Table Setup Assistant settings to fill the individual car- rier phases, the phase of a carrier is calculated as follows: "Phase Start"...

  • Page 255: How To Use The Multi-Carrier Continuous Wave Function

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal For detailed description, see: ● Chapter 4.4.2.1, "Trigger settings", on page 109 ● Chapter 4.4.2.2, "Marker settings", on page 112 ● Chapter 4.4.2.3, "Clock settings", on page 114 ●...

  • Page 256: References

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Generating multi-carrier continuous wave signal 5. Adjust further settings, e.g. trigger setting, as required. Enable signal generation with "Multi-Carrier Continuous Wave > State > ON". 6. Enable the signal output with "RF > ON".

  • Page 257: Shifting And Boosting The Baseband Signal

    Power 0 dB 4.12 Shifting and boosting the baseband signal The R&S SMM100A provides settings to frequency offset the internally generated and externally supplied baseband signal. 4.12.1 About baseband offsets The applied baseband frequency and phase offset and path gain affect the signal on the output of the corresponding block, "Baseband"...
  • Page 258 ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Shifting and boosting the baseband signal Limitations The complex I/Q bandwidth of the shifted useful signal must not exceed the total avail- able baseband bandwidth (see data sheet). The setting range of the frequency offset is then calculated as follows: ≤...

  • Page 259: Baseband Offsets Settings

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Shifting and boosting the baseband signal To observe the effect of offsetting the frequency Use the built-in real-time graphical display ("System Configuration > Graphics > Power Spectrum") and observe the power spectrum of the signal with and without frequency offset: ●...

  • Page 260: How To Improve Signal Characteristics By Shifting The Baseband Signal

    ® Configuring the internal baseband source R&S SMM100A Shifting and boosting the baseband signal The block diagram shows an icon Δf on the signal path to indicate an applied fre- quency offset. Settings: Frequency Offset......................260 Phase Offset........................260 Frequency Offset Enters the frequency offset for the internal or external baseband signal and shifts the useful baseband signal in the center frequency.
  • Page 261 ● The R&S SMM100A generates a baseband signal ● A spectrum analyzer is connected to the R&S SMM100A, the analyzed is config- ured and measures the required signal characteristics. To shift the generated baseband signal ► Select "Baseband > Baseband Offsets > Frequency Offset" and apply an offset to the generated baseband signal.

  • Page 262: Adding Noise And Predistortions, And Impairing The Signal

    The test case scenarios in accordance with the specifications often require a not "clean" signal but rather a signal that is impaired or interfered. To fulfill such require- ments, the R&S SMM100A is equipped with a noise generator and provides the possi- bility to impair and predistort the digital I/Q signal.
  • Page 263 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal ● Scalable lowpass filters are used to produce a noise level with both a broad dynamic range and a broad bandwidth range. AWGN modes The AWGN generator generates signal in one of the following different modes: ●...
  • Page 264 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal The system bandwidth is a measure for the transmitted RF bandwidth. The selected value is usually the occupied bandwidth and is therefore a value greater than the pure signal bandwidth.
  • Page 265 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Where the bit rate value is retrieved from? The parameter "AWGN > Noise Power / Output Results > Bit Rate" indicates the value used by the C/N or E calculation.

  • Page 266: Awgn Block

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Figure 5-3: AWGN: Understanding the displayed information Bit Rate derived from the selected "Symbol Rate = 3.840 Msym/s" = Selected Carrier/Noise Ratio Noise Power calculated from the "Carrier Power"...

  • Page 267: Awgn Settings

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal 5.1.4 AWGN settings Access: 1. Select "Block Diagram > AWGN". The dialog contains the settings for noise level configuration and CW interfering parameters. 2. To activate the AWGN generator, select "Block Diagram > AWGN > On".
  • Page 268 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Mode Activates/deactivates the generation of an AWGN signal. The interferer (AWGN or CW interferer, depending on the selected mode) is generated after the generator is activa- ted.

  • Page 269: Show Powers For Output

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Remote command: on page 866 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:FREQuency:TARGet 5.1.4.2 Noise power/output results settings Access: ► Select "AWGN > Noise Power/Output Results". The available settings depend on the selected Mode.

  • Page 270: Set Noise Power Via

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal This setting also influences: ● The way the interfering parameters are displayed, e.g. if the SNR value is defined as C/N or as S/N.

  • Page 271: E B /N

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Whether a configuration of C/N or S/N is enabled, depend on the selected output Show Powers For Output. ● In "Reference Mode > Carrier": sets the noise power. It does not affect the power of the useful signal, i.e.

  • Page 272: Noise Power (System Bandwidth), Interferer Power

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal Note: The peak envelope power (PEP) displayed in the "Status bar" corresponds to the PEP value of the carrier. The parameter "Carrier+Noise (PEP)" indicates the PEP value of the overall signal.

  • Page 273: Noise Power (Total Bandwidth)

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal See also Figure 5-3. Remote command: on page 865 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe Noise Power (Total Bandwidth) Displays the power of the noise signal in the total bandwidth in "Noise Only" and "Addi- tive Noise"...

  • Page 274: How To Configure The Noise Generator For Receiver Tests

    This section shows you how to configure the noise generator for receiver tests, for example the tests specified in the 3GPP test specification TS 36.141, chapter 7. For the following example, we assume that the R&S SMM100A generates an uplink EUTRA/LTE signal with following characteristics: ●...
  • Page 275 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Adding noise to the signal The dialog confirms the required mean power of the interfering signal "Noise Power (System Bandwidth) = -82.5 dBm". 3. Select "AWGN > General > State > On".

  • Page 276: Impairing The Signal

    Impairing the signal 5.2 Impairing the signal In the R&S SMM100A, analog and digital linear impairments such as I/Q imbalance and quadrature error can be added to the generated signal. The instrument can also simulate the effect of non-linear memoryless effects like AM/AM and AM/PM conversion.
  • Page 277 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Impairing the signal Figure 5-4: Effect of an increased amplitude in the I/Q constellation diagram An I gain multiplies the I amplitudes by a factor, leaving the Q amplitudes unchanged.

  • Page 278: Analog And Digital Impairments Settings

    ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Impairing the signal Figure 5-6: I offset (left) and Q offset (right) in the I/Q constellation diagram 5.2.2.3 Quadrature offset Changes the phase angle between the I and the Q vectors from the ideal 90 degrees, while the amplitudes are maintained.
  • Page 279 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Impairing the signal The dialog covers the settings for I/Q impairment, like carrier leakage, imbalance and quadrature offset. 2. To access the dialog with settings for the corresponding digital I/Q impairments, select one of the following: ●...
  • Page 280 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Impairing the signal The instrument can also simulate the effect of non-linear effects like AM/AM and AM/PM conversion. ® ® See user manual R&S SMM-K540, R&S SMM-K541 Envelope Tracking and AM/AM, AM/PM Predistortion.
  • Page 281 ® Adding noise and predistortions, and impairing the signal R&S SMM100A Impairing the signal The entry is made in dB (default) or %, where 1 dB offset is roughly 12% according to the following: Imbalance [dB] = 20log ( | GainQ | / | GainI |) Positive values mean that the Q vector is amplified more than the I vector by the corre- sponding percentage.

  • Page 282: How To Optimize The Carrier Leakage And Sidebands Suppression

    ● The R&S SMM100A generates a baseband signal ● A spectrum analyzer is connected to the R&S SMM100A, the analyzed is config- ured, and measures the required signal characteristics. To optimize sideband suppression For a given baseband signal, perform the following iterative steps: 1.

  • Page 283: Frequency Response Correction

    5.4 Applying digital predistortion Digital predistortion (DPD) is one of the methods, used to improve the efficiency of RF power amplifiers. In the R&S SMM100A, the generated digital signal can be deliber- ately AM/AM and AM/PM predistorted. See user manual R&S SMM-K540, R&S SMM-K541 Envelope Tracking and AM/AM, AM/PM Predistortion.

  • Page 284: Applying I/Q Vector Modulation

    About the I/Q modulator 6 Applying I/Q vector modulation The R&S SMM100A offers I/Q modulation with an external analog I/Q signals, external digital signals, and the internally generated digital signal. For a description on the signal impairment functionality and settings for applying non- linear effects, see: ●...

  • Page 285: I/Q Modulator Settings

    ® Applying I/Q vector modulation R&S SMM100A I/Q modulator settings Interdependencies An I/Q modulation with an external analog signal cannot be used simultaneously with the following: ● AM, digital modulation, digital standards ● AWGN ● External digital baseband input signal, arbitrary waveform generation, and multi- carrier CW.

  • Page 286: Settings: State

    ® Applying I/Q vector modulation R&S SMM100A I/Q modulator settings System error correction of the I/Q modulator permits precise and repeatable measure- ments. If a temperature fluctuation of several degrees occurs, trigger the correction routine using the following: ● Select "I/Q Mod > I/Q Modulator > Adjust I/Q Modulator Current Frequency"...

  • Page 287: I/Q Wideband

    The crest factor gives the difference in level between the peak envelope power (PEP) and the average power value (RMS) in dB. The R&S SMM100A uses this value for the calculation of the RF output power. For more information, refer to Chapter 9.3.4.4,...

  • Page 288: Baseband Gain

    Select it also, if wideband signals are required. The "High Quality Table" mode is useful in the following cases: ● If R&S SZU is connected to the R&S SMM100A and the connec- tion is active User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 289: Frequency Response Settings

    [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:OPTimization:MODE [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:FRESponse:RF:OPTimization:MODE on page 883 Linearize RF Option: R&S SMM100A-K541 Enables an automatic AM/AM predistortion of the non-linear RF chain. During RF linearization, disables "Digital Predistortions AM/AM and AM/PM" settings. Adjust Linearization Current Frequency Calculates the correction data for the currently selected frequency.
  • Page 290 Select it also, if wideband signals are required. The "High Quality Table" mode is useful in the following cases: ● If R&S SZU is connected to the R&S SMM100A and the connec- tion is active User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 291 ® Applying I/Q vector modulation R&S SMM100A Frequency response settings "High Quality" With "Source > Internal Baseband", enables an optimization by com- pensation for I/Q skew and frequency response correction. This mode generates flat signal over large bandwidth but requires longer setting time and leads to signal interruption.

  • Page 292: Optimizing I/Q Modulation Performance

    ● The R&S SMM100A generates a baseband signal ● A spectrum analyzer is connected to the R&S SMM100A, the analyzed is config- ured, and measures the required signal characteristics. To improve signal flatness For a given baseband signal and RF frequency, perform the following: 1.
  • Page 293 The I/Q modulator is enabled. Modulated is the internal baseband signal. 2. Select "I/Q Wideband > On". The R&S SMM100A shifts the switching frequencies of the lowpass filters in the output section and generates signal with higher I/Q modulation bandwidth.

  • Page 294: Configuring The Rf Signal

    Generates an I/Q vector modulated signal Chapter 6, "Applying I/Q vector modulation", on page 284. The R&S SMM100A allows you to provide the RF signal with constant or varying fre- quencies and/or amplitudes at the output: ● Constant frequency and level (CW/Fixed mode) The RF output signal has the set frequency and level.

  • Page 295: Required Options

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A How to activate the RF signal output An RF or LF frequency and RF level sweep signal, processed continuously, step-by-step or individually and with selectable trigger modes. You can only run one sweep at a time.

  • Page 296: How To Set The Frequency And Level

    If your test setup includes a downstream instrument, you can enter the parameter of the downstream instrument in the frequency or level settings dialog of the R&S SMM100A. Examples of downstream instruments are mixers, frequency multipli- User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 297: Rf Frequency Settings

    SMM100A RF frequency settings ers, amplifiers or attenuators and of their corresponding major parameters offset, multi- plier, amplitude. The R&S SMM100A generates the signal without the downstream parameters, but considers all additional parameters concerning the frequency and level. Example parameters that affect the frequency and level: ●...
  • Page 298 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A RF frequency settings In the "RF Frequency" dialog, you can configure: ● RF frequency, incl. an offset or multiplication factor of a downstream instrument ● The step size for varying the frequency with the rotary knob.

  • Page 299: Rf Phase Settings

    The "Frequency" value displayed in the status bar is the resulting frequency, as it is at the output of the downstream instrument. The frequency at the R&S SMM100A RF out- put is not changed. "RF frequency and level display with a downstream instrument"...

  • Page 300: Rf Level Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A RF level settings Access: ► Select "RF" > "RF Frequency" > "Phase". In the "RF Phase" tab, you can determine the delta phase value and reset the phase to this reference. The remote commands required to define the settings are described in Chap- ter 13.16.15, "SOURce:PHASe...

  • Page 301: Amplitude

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A RF level settings In the "RF Level" dialog, you can configure the offset-free level, the level limit, and the step width for varying the level with the rotary knob. 2. Select "User Variation" to set the step width to be used when setting the RF level using the rotary knob.

  • Page 302: Limit

    The "Level" value displayed in the status bar is the resulting level, as it is at the output of the downstream instrument. The level at the R&S SMM100A RF output is not changed. "RF frequency and level display with a downstream instrument"...

  • Page 303: Digital Attenuation

    CW mode or with externally applied I/Q signals, i.e. with unmodulated signals. If the digital attenuation effects the RF level, the R&S SMM100A indicates the resulting level in the "Status bar". It is also denoted by an icon next to the level indicator.

  • Page 304: Mode

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A RF level settings "Strictly Monotone" Executes signal level changes monotonically increasing or decreas- ing. The setting makes sure that increasing the level value exclusively results in an increased output level, and vice versa.

  • Page 305: Local Oscillator Coupling

    LO signal is mandatory for minimizing the phase fluctuations between these RF signals. The R&S SMM100A uses either the internal oscillator frequency for the LO signal, that is the output signal of the internal synthesizer, or an external frequency source.

  • Page 306: Required Options

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Local oscillator coupling 7.8.1 Required options The equipment layout for using the LO coupling function includes: ● Base unit ● Option phase coherence (R&S SMM-B90) 7.8.2 Phase coherence Phase coherence of RF signals designates a defined, constant delta phase between two or more RF carrier signals with the same frequency or a multiple of the frequency.

  • Page 307: Lo Coupling Settings

    , the LO coupling mode is defined within an RF frequency range of 80 MHz to 6 GHz. If you the set the RF frequency below 80 MHz, the R&S SMM100A adjusts the frequency to the minimum value and displays a corre- sponding message.

  • Page 308: How To Configure Cascaded Instruments

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Local oscillator coupling Mandatory LO IN Frequency Displays the frequency that must be applied as external LO frequency. Remote command: on page 887 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:INPut:FREQuency? LO OUT Frequency Displays the current LO frequency at the LO Out connector.
  • Page 309 Generator 3 = "External"; "LO Out > Off" A frequency of 5 GHz is assumed. ● Signal Generator 1 is a one-path instrument, for example R&S SMM100A and uses its internal oscillator signal. ● Signal Generator 2 is a two-paths instrument, for example a R&S SMW200A. It receives the LO signal from the first instrument and assigns it to both paths.
  • Page 310 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Local oscillator coupling b) Check if both paths are able to deal with the desired RF frequency. ● If both paths can handle the RF frequency, select "RF > LO Coupling > Mode > A External & A->B Coupled"...

  • Page 311: Reference Oscillator

    LO signal from the first instrument. The frequency is assumed to be 2 GHz. 7.9 Reference oscillator The R&S SMM100A is equipped with an internal reference oscillator that generates a reference frequency of 10 MHz. It is used as internal reference source for the synthe- sizer.

  • Page 312: Reference Frequency Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Reference oscillator 7.9.2 Reference frequency settings Access: 1. Select "RF" > "RF Frequency" > "Reference Frequency". In the "Reference Frequency" tab, you can select the reference frequency signal source and the frequency and synchronization bandwidth mode of an external ref- erence signal.
  • Page 313 R&S SMM100A Reference oscillator "External" Uses an external reference signal. Note: If the external reference is missing, the R&S SMM100A issues a warning message and indicates the icon (external reference missing). To set the frequency of the external reference, see "External Refer-...

  • Page 314: Reference Output Settings

    PLL. The R&S SMM100A issues an error message. For more information, see data sheet. Remote command:...
  • Page 315 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Reference oscillator 2. Select "Reference Output". In the "Reference Output" tab, you can set the reference frequency value at the output connectors. As a result of parameter dependencies, "Preset This Parameter" sometimes does not affect output dialogs.

  • Page 316: Adjustment Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Reference oscillator 7.9.4 Adjustment settings Access: 1. Select "RF" > "RF Frequency" > "Reference Frequency". 2. Select "Adjustment". Settings: Adjustment Active....................... 316 Adjustment Value......................316 Adjustment Active Selects the adjustment mode. "Off" Uses the calibrated internal reference frequency.
  • Page 317 Reference Output/1 GHz Reference Output = "10 MHz" Figure 7-3: Synchronizing instruments using the internal 10 MHz reference signal of the R&S SMM100A = External frequency control EFC,Ref In,Ref Out = Connectors In phase noise measurement systems, for example, you can also use the EFC (exter- nal frequency control) function and shift the frequency.
  • Page 318 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Reference oscillator Consider the following interdependency: ● EFC in combination with an external PLL If the EFC is applied in combination with an external PLL (phase locked loop), the PLL bandwidth must be smaller than the bandwidth of the external tuning signal.

  • Page 319: Varying The Rf Signal In List Or Sweep Mode

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode You can forward reference frequency between 1 MHz and 100 MHz directly to the out- put in the same way. ● External f = 1 MHz to 100 MHz (1 MHz to 100 MHz at connector Ref In and Ref Out) ●...
  • Page 320 Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode A signal generated with varying parameters scans a certain range of varying values of a parameter, with defined start and end points, and can be repeated cyclically. The R&S SMM100A supports two basic methods: ● Sweep mode The instrument generates an RF signal which varies its frequency or level values in discrete steps between the start and end values.

  • Page 321: Signal Generation And Triggering In The Sweep And List Modes

    If the dwell time in sweep or list mode is too short or external trigger signals come too fast, the signal generation delays. As the delay increases, the R&S SMM100A signals an overrun, or even stops sweep or list mode signal generation, if the delay gets too long.
  • Page 322 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode The naming of the selection parameters in manual control (GUI) sometimes deviates from the naming in the remote-control commands. In addition, the value names of the selection parameters used in the signal generator partly differ from the SCPI syntax.
  • Page 323 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Table 7-1: Cross-reference between manual and remote control in Auto mode (Sweep/List) Manual control mode: Remote commands "Auto" Rohde & Schwarz proprietary and [SCPI conform] value name RF frequency sweep :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep:SOURce AUTO [IMMediate]...
  • Page 324 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode ● Switches automatically to the next step when the Dwell time has elapsed. ● Stops signal generation at the set end value and waits for the subsequent trigger event.
  • Page 325 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Step / Extern Step mode (Sweep/List) Figure 7-10: Step / Extern Step mode (sweep / list ) ● The instrument generates the signal step-by-step.
  • Page 326 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Table 7-3: Cross-reference between manual and remote control in Step / Extern Step modes (Sweep/ List) Manual control mode: Remote commands "Step / Extern Step"...
  • Page 327 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode ● Switches automatically to the next sweep step when the Dwell time has elapsed. If the end value is reached, signal generation continues with the next sweep cycle.
  • Page 328 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode You can arbitrarily select a value within the range of the start and stop values by setting the frequency, power or index using the corresponding remote control com- mand.

  • Page 329: About Sweep Mode

    The combined RF sweep functionality processes the signal similar to the Live list mode. The R&S SMM100A sets the frequency and level values simultaneously in the hardware. The difference to the list mode is that the values are not taken from a previ- ously created list, but are calculated using the selected frequency and level ranges, the dwell time and the number of steps.
  • Page 330 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Table 7-6: Variables that are used in the following formulas Variable Description Sweep range Defined frequency or level value range Defined center frequency CENTer...
  • Page 331 STOP retained. 7.10.2.2 Sweep signal shapes The R&S SMM100A supports the following sweep shapes: ● Sawtooth The sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth. One sweep runs from start to stop frequency, or level value respectively. Each subsequent sweep starts again at the start value.

  • Page 332: About List Mode

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Figure 7-13: Sweep signal sawtooth shape 1 = Start value 2 = Stop value 3 = Step size ● Triangle The sweep sequence resembles a triangle. One sweep runs from start to stop value frequency and back.
  • Page 333 Global Dwell Time. List processing mode The R&S SMM100A generates signals from list files in two modes, "Live" and "Learned (Frozen RF Settings)". These modes differ in terms of signal quality, signal processing and switching time. For details, see: ●...

  • Page 334: Significant Parameters And Functions

    If the dwell time in sweep or list mode is too short or external trigger signals come too fast, the signal generation delays. As the delay increases, the R&S SMM100A signals an overrun, or even stops sweep or list mode signal generation, if the delay gets too long.
  • Page 335 Live list processing mode The R&S SMM100A generates the signal directly from the value pairs in the database, and adjusts the hardware settings accordingly. The current instrument state and thus any change during the signal generation directly affects the RF signal. The temporary memory is not used.

  • Page 336: Sweep Mode Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode You can conveniently modify parameters like modulation settings during run-time. Learning list mode data is not required. Impacts like temperature drift are also consid- ered immediately.

  • Page 337: State (Rf Frequency Sweep)

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Settings State (RF frequency sweep)..................337 State (RF level sweep)....................337 State (RF frequency / level sweep)................337 State (LF frequency sweep)..................338 Current Frequency...................... 338 Current Level.......................338...

  • Page 338: State (Lf Frequency Sweep)

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Note: Active RF frequency, RF level or RF combined sweep modes deactivate the LF sweep or List mode and vice versa. Remote command: on page 889 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE...

  • Page 339: Retrace

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode "Extern Start/Stop" Generates a continuously repeating sweep signal that is started, stopped, and restarted by subsequent external trigger events. The sweep steps are performed automatically, controlled by the dwell time.

  • Page 340: Dwell Time

    RF frequency sweep: on page 955 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing Dwell Time Defines the duration of the individual sweep steps. Note: In case of considerable overrun conditions, the R&S SMM100A turns off the sweep mode. See also Chapter 7.10.4, "Significant parameters and functions", on page 334.

  • Page 341: Show Connector

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Show Connector Accesses a dialog that displays the physical location of the selected connector on the front/rear panel of the instrument. A blinking LED on the front/rear panel indicates the selected connector, too (see Chap- ter 11.2.2.4, "Status...
  • Page 342 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode on page 906 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STARt on page 906 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STOP Center Frequency In "RF Frequency Sweep" mode, sets the RF center frequency. Chapter 7.10.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode",...
  • Page 343 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode 7.10.5.3 Level range settings Access: 1. Select "RF" > "Sweep/List" > "RF Level Sweep" 2. Select for example "Level Range". Table 7-7: Range settings dialog: Examples of RF Level and RF Combined Sweep dialogs >...
  • Page 344 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Remote command: n.a. Step Sets the step width for the RF level sweep in dB. The "RF level sweep" mode increases or decreases the level value linearly by the set value.

  • Page 345: List Mode Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode "Constant-Phase" This mode keeps the phase constant by coupling the digital attenua- tion directly to the level setting. Note: The coupling is only active when the I/Q moulator is in opera- tion.
  • Page 346 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode In the "General" tab, you can configure the trigger and dwell time modes for list processing and activate signal generation. Settings State..........................346 Current Index......................346 Mode...........................
  • Page 347 918 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:MODE Global Dwell Time Sets the dwell time for Dwell Time Mode > "Global". Note: In case of considerable overrun conditions, the R&S SMM100A turns off the list mode. See also "Dwell time" on page 334. Remote command: on page 917 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl...
  • Page 348 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode "Live" Generates the signal directly from the database. The instrument reads the pairs of values from the list, calculates the hardware settings and generates the signal immediately.
  • Page 349 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode 2. Select "List Mode Data". This dialog contains the parameters required for creating and editing lists, activat- ing the learning function and selecting the list processing mode.
  • Page 350 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode 7.10.6.3 Import/export settings Access: 1. Select "RF" > "Sweep/List" > "List Mode". 2. Select "List Mode Data" > "Im-/Export". The "Im-/Export" dialog provides the parameters for importing or exporting files with user data in standard ASCII *.txt or *.csv file format.

  • Page 351: List Editor

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode "Column Separator" Sets the separator between the columns in an ASCII table. Available are: "Tab", "Semicolon", "Comma" or "Space". Remote command: on page 926 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension...
  • Page 352 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode The table and navigation functions of the UCOR and list mode editors have the same structure and are therefore summarized below. The access is specified for both modes, the fields and functions are explained using the example of the list mode.
  • Page 353 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode The editor for user correction data provides a table with RF frequency and power values and standard navigation functions. The remote commands required to define the user correction data are described in Chapter 13.16.5, "SOURce:CORRection...
  • Page 354 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode Data handling keys Standard functions for file and data handling. Go To ← Data handling keys Selects a row for editing. Edit ← Data handling keys...

  • Page 355: How To Generate A Signal In List Or Sweep Mode

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode "Column To Fill" Selects, if the column is filled up with frequencies in Hz, levels in dBm or dwell times in s. "Start Value / End Value"...
  • Page 356 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Varying the RF signal in list or sweep mode 4. Configure the list mode. 5. Activate list mode. To configure amplitude modulation and switch RF on 1. Press [Preset] to start from an initial state.

  • Page 357: Analog Modulations

    SMM100A Analog modulations 7.11 Analog modulations The R&S SMM100A supports AM (amplitude modulation), FM (frequency modulation), ΦM (phase modulation (PhiM)), and also PULM (pulse modulation). It generates low frequency signals (LF) as sine, triangle, trapezoidal or square (pulse) waveform, that can be output and further processed by a downstream instrument.
  • Page 358 Even more, you can merge two modulation signals, for example, to generate a two- tone signal. Similarly, you can forward the used modulation signal to the output. Signal sources If fully equipped, the R&S SMM100A modulates signals from the following sources: ● Internal modulation source –...
  • Page 359 Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations 7.11.2.1 Modulation signal waveforms The following graphs show the modulation signal waveforms of the R&S SMM100A. LF Generator The LF and multifunction generators support the following signal shapes: Sine 1 = Period Pulse 1 = Pulse period 2 = Pulse width User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─...
  • Page 360 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Triangle 1 = Triangle period 2 = Triangle rise Trapezoid 1 = Trapezoid rise 2 = Trapezoid high 3 = Trapezoid fall 4 = Trapezoid period To configure the associated parameters of a signal shape, see "Shape"...

  • Page 361: Activating Analog Modulations

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Single 1 = Pulse delay 2 = Pulse width 3 = Pulse period Double 1 = Pulse width 2 = Double pulse delay 3 = Double pulse width 4 = Pulse period 7.11.3 Activating analog modulations...

  • Page 362: Modulation Settings

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations 7.11.4 Modulation settings Access: ► Select "RF > Analog Modulation". The "Modulation" dialog contains all functions and settings to configure the analog modulations, the LF signal sources for performing a modulation, and the LF signal output.
  • Page 363 Flattens the slew rate, resulting in longer rise / fall times. Use this mode if you are working with devices that are sensitive to steep slopes. Note: The R&S SMM100A supports this functionality up to a certain frequency, depending on the installed frequency options, see also "Interactions and characteristics"...
  • Page 364 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations "Inverse" Inverts the polarity between the video and the RF signal, that means it is high, when RF is low, and vice versa. Remote command: on page 766 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:OUTPut:VIDeo:POLarity Polarity Sets the polarity of the active slope of a pulse input signal, that is the external pulse modulation signal.
  • Page 365 Enables you to couple the LF signal of both paths and determines the mode for fixing the total deviation. The total deviation is the sum of both paths. When the sum is exceeded, the R&S SMM100A reports a settings conflict, but does not change the settings. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 366 Total Deviation. "Fixed Ratio" Couples the deviation ratio of both paths. If you change the deviation of any path, the R&S SMM100A adjusts the value of the other path. Remote command: on page 756 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:MODE Total Deviation ← FM settings...
  • Page 367 Total Deviation. "Fixed Ratio" Couples the deviation ratio of both paths. If you change the deviation of any path, the R&S SMM100A adjusts the value of the other path. Remote command: on page 760 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:MODE Total Deviation ← PhiM settings...
  • Page 368 The deviation sum of both paths is 100% in total. When the sum is exceeded, the R&S SMM100A reports a settings conflict, but does not change the settings. "Uncoupled" Enables you to adjust the deviation depth for each path independ- ently.
  • Page 369 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Remote command: on page 751 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:DEViation:MODE Total Depth ← AM settings Sets the sum of the signal Depth for path 1 and path 2 in per cent when using com- bined sources and Deviation Mode >...
  • Page 370 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Pulse generator > general settings Access: ► Select "RF" > "Analog Modulation" > "Pulse Generator". Settings Pulse Mode......................... 370 Trigger Mode....................... 370 Pulse Period........................372 Pulse Width......................... 372 Double Pulse Width.....................372 Pulse Delay.........................
  • Page 371 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations "Ext Triggered" Generates the pulse signal each time an external trigger event occurs. Example: Generation of double pulse signal ("Pulse Mode = Dou- ble") using "Trigger Mode = Ext Triggered" = External trigger signal input with "Trigger Input Polarity = Normal" (the positive...
  • Page 372 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations "Ext Gated" Generates the signal triggered by an external gate signal. Example: Generation of single pulse signal ("Pulse Mode = Sin- gle") using "Trigger Mode = Ext Gated" = External trigger signal input with "Trigger Input Polarity = Normal" (the positive...
  • Page 373 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Pulse Delay Sets the pulse delay. The pulse delay determines the time that elapses after a trigger event before pulse modulation starts. The pulse delay is not effective for double pulse generation.
  • Page 374 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations The height of the bars corresponds to the selected amplitude of the pulse signal. Figure 7-16: Pulse Graph - single pulse 1 = Pulse Period 2 = Pulse Delay 3 = Pulse Width 4 = Pulse Zoom Position User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─...
  • Page 375 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Figure 7-17: Pulse Graph - double pulse 1 = Pulse Period 2 = Pulse Width 3 = Double Pulse Delay 4 = Double Pulse Width 5 = Pulse Zoom Position Zooming You can zoom into the diagram to visualize the graph in more detail: ●...
  • Page 376 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations In the "Sources" tab, you can configure an LF modulation signal for performing analog modulations. It includes the setting parameters of the internal LF-and multi- function generators, the noise generator, and an external signal source.
  • Page 377 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Settings State (LF frequency sweep)..................377 Shape..........................377 Frequency........................377 Period..........................377 Pulse Width......................... 377 Pulse Duty Cycle......................378 Triangle Rise....................... 378 Trapezoid Rise / Fall....................378 Trapezoid High......................378 State (LF frequency sweep) Status of the LF frequency sweep signal.
  • Page 378 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Remote command: on page 909 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:WIDTh Pulse Duty Cycle Sets the ratio between the pulse duration and the pulse period in percent. Remote command: on page 908 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:DCYCle Triangle Rise Sets the time required for the triangle signal to change from low level to high level.
  • Page 379 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Settings Coupling (AC/DC)....................... 379 Impedance........................379 Bandwidth........................379 Show Connector......................379 Coupling (AC/DC) Selects the coupling mode (AC or DC) for the external signal. Note: You can set the coupling of the external modulation signal for AM, FM and ΦM separately.
  • Page 380 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Source > noise generator settings Access: ► Select "RF" > "Analog Modulation" > "Modulation Source... > Noise Generator". The "Noise Generator" settings contain all parameters to configure the signal of the internal noise generator.
  • Page 381 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations 7.11.4.6 Output settings Access: ► Select "RF > Output". In the "Output" tab, you can configure the signal at the LF output, determine the output voltage or add a DC offset.
  • Page 382 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations "LF Generator A1/2, B1/2" Selects one of internally generated LF signals. "AM A/B" Selects the AM signal. "FM/ΦM A/B" Selects the signal also used by the frequency or phase modulations. "Noise Generator A/B"...
  • Page 383 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Settings: Noise Density......................383 Noise Level......................... 383 Noise Density Indicates the level of the noise signal for a bandwidth of 1 Hz (relative). Remote command: on page 929 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:LEVel:RELative? Noise Level Indicates the level of the noise signal per Hz within the total bandwidth (absolute).
  • Page 384 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations 7.11.4.7 Overview Access: ► Select "RF" > "Analog Modulation" > "Modulations > Overview". Blue color = Active output signal (AM and FM) Gray color = Inactive output signal (LF Out) Miniature graph = Indicates an active source Connectors = Indicate a connector (e.g.

  • Page 385: How To Generate A Modulated Signal

    ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Analog modulations Remote command: n.a. Label for the amplitude modulation settings in the overview. Remote command: n.a. FM/PhiM Selects the modulation signal to be assigned to the output. You can assign the fre- quency or phase modulated signal.

  • Page 386: Improving Level Performance

    ● Attenuator The R&S SMM100A is equipped with a step attenuator that enables you to vary the amplitude of the RF signal in a wide range. It is characterized by low VSWR (volt- age standing wave ratio) over the full level and frequency range, and provides highest level accuracy and noise suppression.

  • Page 387: Attenuator

    RF signal level at the output directly. The R&S SMM100A uses the readings of a sensor for compensation of losses and thus improving the accuracy of the RF signal level.
  • Page 388 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance In this operating mode, the generator adjusts the output level whenever the fre- quency or level setting changes. ● Noise sensitive applications The parameter "RF OFF Mode > Full Attenuation" sets maximum attenuation and thus suppresses noise when you turn off the RF signal.
  • Page 389 7.12.1.2 Reverse power protection The R&S SMM100A is equipped with a reverse power protection circuit. The reverse power protection is tripped when the power of signals reflected from the load or external signals applied to the RF output get too high. A relay opens and inter-...

  • Page 390: Alc - Automatic Level Control

    698 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar 7.12.2 ALC - automatic level control The R&S SMM100A is equipped with an automatic level control (ALC) unit to obtain best RF level accuracy. About ALC ALC is an adaptive control system to stabilize the RF output level. It continuously moni- tors the current level and adjusts it to keep a steady state over temperature and time.
  • Page 391 Starts with the associated value of the internal level table and then activates the automatic level control. This mode achieves maximum level accuracy and fast set- ting times. The R&S SMM100A displays the level control setting as a status message in the info line. How to: See Chapter 7.12.2.2, "How to enable the...
  • Page 392 393. Remote command: on page 935 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC[:STATe] Mode ALC > State AUTO, the R&S SMM100A indicates the currently active ALC mode that is set automatically. Remote command: on page 934 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:MODE? Detector Sensitivity Determines the path of the internal level detector.
  • Page 393 The driver amplifier is switched on, or off respectively. "On (maximum Gain)" The driver amplifier is switched on. The R&S SMM100A supplies the maximum level at the output within the frequency range 6 GHz to 10 GHz. Note: In this mode, the harmonics increase.

  • Page 394: User Correction

    RF cable, to achieve a precise target input level at the DUT. The signal at the RF outputs of the R&S SMM100A is flat. However, the DUT is usually not connected directly to the outputs of the instrument but rather via connecting cables.
  • Page 395 = Obtain the correction data by inverting the collected data; load the correction parameters in the R&S SMM100A = In the R&S SMM100A, the RF signal is pre-processed with the correction values so that the signal at the outputs is the inverted version of the external losses...
  • Page 396 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance UCOR file format Files containing correction data are simple files in text or comma-separated value (CSV) file format. The filename is user-definable; the file extension is *.ucor. The file contains a list of correction values, one row per frequency and correction value pair;...
  • Page 397 Data......................398 State Activates user correction. The R&S SMM100A displays the status icon "Lev Ucor" in the status bar. User correction cannot be activated simultaneously with absolute level compensation based on user-defined frequency response values. These functions exclude each other; you can one only of them at a time.
  • Page 398 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Remote command: on page 880 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe] User Correction Indicates the corrected level value for a specific frequency point. Remote command: on page 879 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:VALue? UCOR Data Accesses the standard "File Select" function of the instrument. The provided navigation possibilities in the dialog are self-explanatory.
  • Page 399 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance The remote commands required to define the list mode data are described in Chapter 13.16.11, "SOURce:LIST subsystem", on page 914. Access to "Edit User Correction Data": ► "RF" > "RF Level" > "User Correction" > "Edit User Cor. Data"...
  • Page 400 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Since the table and navigation functions can be assumed to be known, the following description contains a brief overview, shown by the example of the "Edit List Mdoe Data" dialog. If a function relates to a particular dialog, it is explicitly stated.
  • Page 401 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Edit ← Data handling keys Enables you to insert, or delete a row or ranges within a list, and provides access to a dialog for automatic filling, see "Fill..." on page 354.
  • Page 402 R&S NRP power sensor", on page 417. Settings: Fill User Correction Data with Sensor................. 402 Used SMM100A Settings For Measurement...............403 Fill User Correction Data with Sensor ● "Sensor" Displays connected sensors for selection. ●...
  • Page 403 Remote command: on page 880 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA[:SENSor<ch>][:POWer]:SONCe on page 879 Used SMM100A Settings For Measurement Displays the settings relevant for the measurement. "Modulation" Indicates the modulation state "Amplitude" Displays the currently set level. Remote command: on page 940 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer...
  • Page 404 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance 2. Select "Import/Export". Figure 7-20: Im-/Export dialog (example with UCOR settings) The "Import/Export" dialog contains all functions and settings to import externally created list data or to export it accordingly. You can process and store a list in the formats *.txt (ASCII), or *.csv (plain text with identical sequence of fields).

  • Page 405: Using Power Sensors

    [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:EXECute 7.12.4 Using power sensors The R&S SMM100A works with most of the R&S NRP power sensors and thus sup- ports various application tasks. Using power sensors, you can for example determine attenuation characteristics of downstream equipment or cables. You can use the mea- sured values to compensate the losses with internal control functions or with an exter- nal control circuit in real time.
  • Page 406 R&S SMM100A Improving level performance The R&S SMM100A works with any sensor of the R&S NRP series and can perform up to four power measurements simultaneously. Check the firmware version of the R&S NRP sensors regularly. Update the firmware, if necessary.
  • Page 407 On connection, the R&S SMM100A immediately starts the measurement of a detected R&S NRP power sensor. If you perform an instrument preset ([Preset] key or *RST), the R&S SMM100A stops the measurements. The connection and the mapping of the power sensors remain, the measurements must be restarted.
  • Page 408 In the "Mapping" column, you can assign the sensor to one of the available sensor channels. The list can contain several entries but the R&S SMM100A can only use up to four sensors simultaneously. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.14, "SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt...
  • Page 409 Shows or hides the "Add Sensor" settings. Add Sensor settings Configures settings to add sensors connected to the R&S SMM100A via USB or LAN. Add LAN Sensor settings ← Add Sensor settings Configures settings to add sensors connected to the R&S SMM100A via LAN.
  • Page 410 703 :SLISt:SCAN:USENsor 7.12.4.3 NRP power viewer The R&S SMM100A features the power viewer function for measuring or monitoring signals with R&S NRP power sensors. About The R&S SMM100A can perform up to four power measurements simultaneously. Depending on the signal characteristic (CW, AM, pulsed, etc.) or the parameter to be measured (average, peak, etc...) a suitable R&S power sensor must be used.
  • Page 411 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Follow the following general recommendation to find out the optimum filter length: ● Always start a measurement in auto mode ("Filter > Auto"). Check if the measurement results are sufficient.
  • Page 412 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance ● Assignment of the external signals and the output connectors: Chapter 11.2.4, "RF connectors settings", on page 533 ● Acquisition of level correction data: Chapter 7.12.3, "User correction", on page 394.
  • Page 413 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance A sensor tab contains all parameters for configuring the sensor settings, like aver- age or peak display, reference source, filter and level offset. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.14, "SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt...
  • Page 414 If you have a frequency converting device between the generator and the DUT. If the frequency converter doubles the frequency, you can set twice the frequency in the R&S SMM100A. The R&S power sen- sor considers this RF frequency setting.
  • Page 415 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Remote command: on page 712 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce Frequency ← Sensor Settings Defines the frequency value if "Source > User" is used. Remote command: on page 710 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FREQuency Level Offset State,Level Offset ← Sensor Settings Activates and defines a level offset which is considered in the power meassurement result.
  • Page 416 ® Configuring the RF signal R&S SMM100A Improving level performance Remote command: on page 708 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth:AUTO? on page 708 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth[:USER] Auto Once ← Sensor Settings Searches the optimum filter length for the current measurement conditions. The result is indicated with the parameter Filter Length.

  • Page 417: How To Calibrate The Power Level With An R&S Nrp Power Sensor

    7.12.5 How to calibrate the power level with an R&S NRP power sensor Using a R&S NRP power sensor and the user correction function of the instrument, you can compensate external frequency responses. The R&S SMM100A utilizes the readings of the power sensor and creates a correction value table for controlling the output level during operation.
  • Page 418 Improving level performance To configure and calibrate the R&S NRP in the R&S SMM100A Provided the power sensor is connected to the R&S SMM100A and is assigned to a sensor channel, we recommend that you calibrate and configure the power sensor in the "NRP Power Viewer"...
  • Page 419 The "Fill User Correction Data With Sensor" dialog provides an overview of the sensor configuration. 9. Select "Execute". The R&S SMM100A successively sets each frequency point, reads the measured power of the sensor and fills in the value in the correction table. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 420 5. To view the file content, select "Edit UCOR Data...". 6. Select "UCOR Data" > "State" > "On" to apply the user correction values. When you activate the RF output, the R&S SMM100A considers the user correc- tion data and adjusts the signal level accordingly to compensate external frequency responses.

  • Page 421: Monitoring Signal Characteristics

    The minimum equipment layout for using this function includes the base unit. 8.1.2 About the graphical signal display To ease the setting and routing of baseband signals, R&S SMM100A is able to capture these signals and display them graphically in different ways: as I/Q, vector, eye or con- stellation diagram, as power spectrum or as statistical evaluations.
  • Page 422 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Graphics modes Domain Measurement is known from this instrument Constellation diagram Time Oscilloscope (XY mode) Eye diagram Time Oscilloscope (triggered to symbol clock and showing repetitive traces) CCDF display...
  • Page 423 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-2: Vector diagram (64 QAM) X-axis, Y-axis = amplitudes of the signal components, scaled to the peak envelope power; where minimum scaled amplitude = -1, maximum scaled amplitude = +1 Application: To analyze the transition between the various states of modulation map- ping, especially with linear modulations like MSK, QPSK or QAM.
  • Page 424 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-3: Constellation diagram (64 QAM) X-axis, Y-axis = amplitudes of the signal components, scaled to the peak envelope power; where minimum scaled amplitude = -1, maximum scaled amplitude = +1 Application: To classify modulation.
  • Page 425 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time The display width is normalized for 2 symbols. It uses one-symbol "eye opening" in the center of the display and 1/2-symbols to the left and right of the center eye for captur- ing time transitions.
  • Page 426 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Signal acquisition points: See Table 8-2. Power spectrum The power spectrum displays the signal spectrum which is calculated from the I/Q sig- nal with fast Fourier transform (FFT). The power density over frequency is displayed.
  • Page 427 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-7 shows an example for locations of signal acquisition points. Figure 8-7: Block diagram with graphical signal display and signal acquisition points 8.1.2.3 Display functions The graphical display provides general display functions known from other measure- ment instruments and offers zoom and markers.

  • Page 428: Graphics Configuration Settings

    They indicate, for example, the upper power limits which are allowed from a device under test (DUT). The R&S SMM100A supports up to five reference traces. You can load reference traces and activate them simultaneously.
  • Page 429 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-8: Graphics configuration dialog 2. To determine the kind of signal display, use the parameter "Mode". 3. To select suitable signal acquisition points, use the parameter "Source".
  • Page 430 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Length........................430 Full Scale (dBFS)......................430 Trigger Source......................430 Sample Rate Mode..................... 431 Sample Rate....................... 431 Add..........................431 Apply Changes......................431 Remove........................432 Graphical Diagrams Table The active graphical signal displays are listed in the table at the top of the dialog.
  • Page 431 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time "Software" Recording of signals starts automatically in predefined intervals. This asynchronous method is suitable if a representative display of the complete signal is required. "Marker 1" The starting point for recording of signals is determined by the marker 1 setting of the activated digital standard ("Trigger/Marker"...

  • Page 432: Graphical Signal Display Settings

    ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Remove Removes the selected graphical signal display from the taskbar/graphical diagrams table. Remote command: on page 873. [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:CLOSe Note, that this command closes all graphical signal displays. 8.1.4 Graphical signal display settings Access: 1.
  • Page 433 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Configure Opens the "Graphics Configuration" dialog, see Chapter 8.1.3, "Graphics configuration settings", on page 428. Note: This function is available for enlarged graphical signal displays and in the con- text menus of the thumbnails.

  • Page 434: How To Verify The Generated Signal With The Graphics Display

    ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time "Reference trace" on page 428. "Reference Curves Table" Lists the configured reference curves and their current state. To change a curve, select it. "Name" Enters the name of a new reference curve "Assign Data"...
  • Page 435 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time 2. Select "Mode > Constellation". 3. Select "Source > Baseband". 4. To view the signal, select "Add". A new thumbnail (minimized view) indicating the constellation diagram appears in the "Taskbar".
  • Page 436 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-12: Constellation diagram of a WCDMA-3GPP (QPSK 45° offset) signal To set and verify a baseband frequency offset 1. In "Baseband > Baseband Offsets", set "Baseband > Frequency Offset = 1 Hz"...
  • Page 437 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-13: Rotating vector diagram 4. Reset the baseband frequency offset to 0 Hz. The vector diagram does not rotate any more. To visualize the effect of the filter parameters on the generated signal 1.
  • Page 438 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time 2. Select "Roll Off Factor", open the context menu, and select "Preset this parame- ter". To zoom into a diagram In an enlarged diagram: 1. Use the one-finger zoom to zoom with a fixed zoom factor.
  • Page 439 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time Figure 8-14: Power spectrum with GSM and WCDMA signal and markers 3. To hide the markers, select "Hide Marker". To observe the effect of enabled additive noise (AWGN) 1.
  • Page 440 ® Monitoring signal characteristics R&S SMM100A Displaying baseband signal characteristics in real-time 5. Observe the power spectrum display. The power spectrum shows a noise floor with constant level and the spectrum of the digitally modulated signal, in this case the WCDMA signal with a bandwidth of 3.84 MHz.

  • Page 441: Multi-Instrument Setups

    SMM100A Generating time-aligned baseband signals 9 Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A is rarely used as a standalone instrument. Usually, the instrument is connected to a device under test (DUT) or other measurement equipment. Test setups have different requirements, for example: ●...

  • Page 442: Connecting Multiple Instruments In Primary-Secondary Instrument Mode

    About the primary-secondary instrument mode When connected in primary-secondary instrument mode, two or more R&S SMM100A or one R&S SMM100A and several other signal generators such as R&S SGT or R&S SMBV can generate synchronous and time aligned signals. In this mode, the primary instrument generates and outputs a dedicated synchroniza- tion signal (Sync Out), that has to be fed into the secondary instrument.
  • Page 443 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A Generating time-aligned baseband signals ● Select "Block Diagram > I/Q Stream Mapper > System Configuration > Multi Instrument" ● On the instrument front panel, press [Setup]. Select "System Configuration > Multi Instrument". For step-by-step description, see Chapter 9.2.1.2, "How to connect and configure...
  • Page 444 How to connect and configure instruments in primary-secondary instrument mode Connect the instruments and distribute the synchronization signal and the refer- ence frequency 1. With the default connector settings of the R&S SMM100A, connect the instruments in a daisy chain:...
  • Page 445 That is, connect Ref Out of the primary instrument R&S SMM100A to the Ref In of the first of the secondary instrument group, etc. Chapter 7.9, "Reference oscillator", on page 311.
  • Page 446 Once the baseband is activated, the secondary instruments are triggered by the synchronization signal. If the secondary instrument is R&S SMM100A, the trigger parameters of all base- bands are coupled and all basebands use common trigger signal. To start signal generation 1.

  • Page 447: Triggering Several Instruments With A Common Trigger Signal

    Required cabling and connections: ● Connect the instruments in a star network, concerning the trigger signal. That is, connect the User 6 output of the R&S SMM100A#1 to the User 3 input of all other R&S SMM100A and the R&S SMM100A#1 itself. ●...

  • Page 448: Control And Operation Of External Instruments

    :OUTPut:USER<ch>:TRIGger[: IMMediate]. R&S SMM100A#1 generates a short high signal and outputs it at the User connector. The signal acts as a common external trigger signal for all R&S SMM100A and all basebands. 9.3 Control and operation of external instruments In test scenarios that require more than one RF signal, the I/Q analog signal can be routed to and processed by external instruments.

  • Page 449: Test Setups

    The R&S SMM100A controls the R&S SZU as it is its embedded unit. You access the R&S SZU settings directly from the R&S SMM100A block diagram. The access is iden- tical to the access of the R&S SMM100A RF settings but the list shows only the sup- ported settings.
  • Page 450 Used as a user-specific signal instead of the internally generated signal Input interface for the external analog signal The R&S SMM100A provides also an input interface for an external wideband analog I/Q signal; the external signal is fed directly to the I/Q modulator.
  • Page 451 RMS level value in dB (see Figure 9-2). The R&S SMM100A uses the crest factor to calculate the power levels, that is the instrument compensates the RMS levels of the externally supplied signal by the crest User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 452 Test setups often involve an up-converter connected to the I/Q connectors of the gen- erator or feeding of external signal to the digital input of the R&S SMM100A. As a rule, whenever an I/Q signal is transferred between two instruments, the crest factor and the peak levels of the two involved instruments have to be coordinated.
  • Page 453 451 emphasis why and which signal parameters are important for the correct internal signal processing of externally supplied signals in the R&S SMM100A. This section focuses on the way these requirements are fulfilled and explains how the instrument deals with signals deviating from the expected values: ●...
  • Page 454 Specifics of the analog I/Q interfaces The R&S SMM100A outputs the digitally modulated signal not only directly but also converted to an analog I/Q baseband output signal. The R&S SMM100A outputs the analog baseband signal single ended or differential (non-inverted);...

  • Page 455: Further Information

    ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings 9.3.5 Further information For description of the settings related to connection establishment, see: ● Chapter 9.4.2, "External RF and I/Q settings", on page 456 ● Chapter 9.4.1, "I/Q stream mapper settings", on page 455...

  • Page 456: External Rf And I/Q Settings

    9.4.2 External RF and I/Q settings With the settings in the "External RF and I/Q" tab, you can control external devices and instruments from the R&S SMM100A, if all prerequisites are fulfilled. See "Prerequi- sites for control of external instruments from the R&S SMM100A"...
  • Page 457 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings Access: ► Select "Taskbar > System Config > System Configuration > External RF and I/Q". The dialog provides an overview of all available I/Q input and output connectors and comprises the settings necessary to establish the connection to the external instruments.
  • Page 458 With enabled auto connect function, the instrument automatically detects connected external instruments and establishes the required connection. If the "Auto Connect > Off", however, after a R&S SMM100A startup you have to revise the test setup and perform the following: ●...
  • Page 459 720 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:CONNect[:ALL] on page 720 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:DISConnect[:ALL] Preset behavior: Keep connections to external instruments Sets the effect of R&S SMM100A preset ([Preset] or *RST) on the following: ● The connection status between the instrument and the connected external instru- ments. ●...
  • Page 460 462. Note: Each external instrument must be connected via LAN or USB to the R&S SMM100A. In most test setups, all instruments must use a common reference frequency signal, either from an external common reference source or using the distributed reference frequency of the R&S SMM100A.
  • Page 461 "RF Level" and the "RF State") of the external instrument to the R&S SMM100A. The R&S SMM100A acts as a primary instrument, i.e the external instruments syn- chronize their settings and the RF output state to the R&S SMM100A. You can apply delta frequency and level offset to the signal.
  • Page 462 With enabled "RF Coupled" parameter, displays the RF output state of the connected external instrument. The parameter is coupled to the state of the RF output of the R&S SMM100A. In uncoupled mode, enables/disables the RF output in the external instrument.
  • Page 463 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings Settings: Remote config settings....................463 Remote control settings....................467 Show connector......................469 Remote config settings Access: ► Select "Taskbar > System Config > System Configuration > External RF and I/Q > External Instruments > Config ...".
  • Page 464 Note: The first initialization of an instrument connected to a network can last several minutes. During their initialization, instruments are not detected by the detect/scan function. "Detect" Searches for external instruments connected to this particular digital interface of the R&S SMM100A. Remote command: on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:DETect? "Scan"...
  • Page 465 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:ISELect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:ISELect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:ISELect Set Symbolic Name Sets the alias name of the instrument. Remote command: on page 726 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:ADD on page 728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:INFO? on page 728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:INFO?
  • Page 466 Accesses the standard "File Select" dialog for loading an existing initialization file (extension *.iec). When you establish the connection to an external instrument, i.e. Remote Connection Status is active, the R&S SMM100A performs the following: ● Sends the command :DEVice:PRESet ●...
  • Page 467 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings Remote command: on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:ISELect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:CONNect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:ISELect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:CONNect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:ISELect on page 727 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:CONNect Remote control settings Access: 1. Select "Taskbar > System Config > System Configuration > External RF and I/Q".
  • Page 468 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings Settings: Mode........................... 468 Command, Send Command..................468 File, Sequence, Send Sequence.................468 History, Clear History....................468 Commands Trace, Clear Trace................... 468 Mode You can send a single command ("Command") or a command sequence ("Sequence") to the connected instrument.

  • Page 469: Overview

    ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A System configuration settings Show connector Access: 1. Select "Taskbar > System Config > System Configuration > External RF and I/Q". 2. Navigate to the required connector. Select "External Instruments > Config ...". 3. In the "<Dig. Conn. Name>: External Instrument Configuration" dialog, select "Show Connector".

  • Page 470: Digital Baseband Input Settings

    Several of the displayed elements are hotspots. Select an element to access the rela- ted dialog. 9.5 Digital baseband input settings The R&S SMM100A provides interfaces to feed an external digital baseband signal into the signal path. Required options The equipment layout for applying an external baseband signal includes: ●...
  • Page 471 The "BB Input" block provides access to the settings for frequency offset and path gain, and to the available configuration parameters of the external signal. The digital baseband input interface Dig I/Q are located on the R&S SMM100A rear panel, see Chapter 9.3.4, "Overview of the input and output signals and...

  • Page 472: General Settings

    ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A Digital baseband input settings The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.16.2, "SOURce:BBIN subsystem", on page 739. Settings: ● General settings....................472 ● Signal input settings....................473 9.5.1 General settings Access: ►...

  • Page 473: Signal Input Settings

    ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A Digital baseband input settings Sample Rate Source Indicates the digital interface used to estimate the sample rate. "HS Digital I/Q In" Estimates the sample rate value based on the information transmitted by the transmitter. Resulting value per channel is displayed by the parameter Sample Rate.
  • Page 474 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A Digital baseband input settings └ Sample Rate....................474 └ Crest Factor....................474 └ Peak Level....................474 └ Level......................474 └ BB......................... 474 Aggregated Link Sample Rate..................475 DIG IQ Auto Setting....................475 Measurement Period....................475 Auto Level Set......................475...
  • Page 475 745 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:SRATe:MAX? DIG IQ Auto Setting Activates an automatic adjustment of the baseband input signal. The R&S SMM100A receives peak level, level and crest factor values directly from the connected transmitter and recognizes changes automatically. Remote command: on page 745 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:ASETting:STATe...

  • Page 476: I/Q Analog Output Settings

    Incl. output the baseband signal at the single-ended outputs ● Option differential analog I/Q outputs (R&S SMM-K17) Access The analog output connectors I/Q are located on the R&S SMM100A rear panel, see Chapter 9.3.4.2, "Overview of the baseband and RF output signals", on page 451.
  • Page 477 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A I/Q analog output settings The dialog comprises the settings for selecting the analog output signal type (sin- gle-ended or differential), enabling and generating an RF envelope signal, and add- ing digital impairments to the signal.

  • Page 478: General Analog I/Q Output Settings

    ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A I/Q analog output settings See user manual R&S SMM-K540, R&S SMM-K541 Envelope Tracking and AM/AM, AM/PM Predistortion. 9.6.1 General analog I/Q output settings Access: ► Select "I/Q Analog > I/Q Analog Outputs > General". For description of the impairments settings, see Chapter 5.2, "Impairing the...
  • Page 479 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:SETTing:DELete RF Envelope In instruments equipped with option R&S SMM100A-K540, enables the output of a control signal that follows the RF envelope. This control signal is provided for power amplifiers envelope tracking testing. The signal is output at the I/I Bar connectors.
  • Page 480 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A I/Q analog output settings "Differential" Option: R&S SMM-K17 ● If "RF Envelope > Off" The analog I/Q signal components are output at the I/Q and I/Q Bar connectors. ● If "RF Envelope > On" The inverted envelope signal Ē is output at the I Bar connectors.
  • Page 481 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A I/Q analog output settings Effect of a positive bias Effect of a negative bias In "Single Ended" mode, this parameter defines the bias between the output signal and ground. It can be used to define the operating point of a DUT.
  • Page 482 ® Multi-instrument setups R&S SMM100A I/Q analog output settings Remote command: on page 902 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:I on page 902 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:Q User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 483: File And Data Management

    Due to security reasons, system files and the system directory are protected and there- fore not accessible. The scope of this section is only the files with user data. This section is an overview of the R&S SMM100A file system and covers the following topics: ●...
  • Page 484 Volatile data is immediately lost when the R&S SMM100A is switched off. File storage location Without any additional measures, the R&S SMM100A stores user files on the internal memory or if connected, on a memory stick. Both, the user directory /var/user/ on the internal memory or the /usb/ directory on the memory stick, can be used to preserve user-defined data.
  • Page 485 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A About the file system In the file system, user directory is always indicated as /var/user/. In manual control, you access this directory via the "File Manager", see Chapter 10.8, "Using the file manager", on page 503.

  • Page 486: Restoring The (Default) Instrument Configuration

    The R&S SMM100A has various options to set default settings. You can preset the R&S SMM100A to an initial state at any time as a known starting point for configura- tions. It is often useful as a first step in troubleshooting when unusual results arise.
  • Page 487 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Restoring the (default) instrument configuration Figure 10-1: Parameter and operating modes, reset by the respective preset functions Overview of the characteristics of the preset functions Select the preset option that most fits to your particular application: ●...

  • Page 488: Preset, Set To Default And Factory Preset Settings

    497) Mark / Do not mark parameters changed from preset To survey the current state of the settings concerning default values, the R&S SMM100A offers a feature that visually identifies deviations from the default val- ues. For more information, see Chapter 10.2.2, "How to identify parameters which are not in...

  • Page 489: How To Identify Parameters Which Are Not In A Preset State

    To activate this display: 1. Open the context-sensitive menu (touch and hold the screen anywhere in the GUI of the R&S SMM100A). 2. Select "Mark all parameters changed from preset". User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 490: How To Recall User Settings Automatically After Preset

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Restoring the (default) instrument configuration If enabled, the corresponding settings are marked. Example: Figure 10-2: Labeled parameters show that the value deviates from its default Frequency = changed (default = 1 GHz) Offset...
  • Page 491 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Restoring the (default) instrument configuration Table 10-1: Key parameters affected by preset and factory preset Parameter Preset value Preset Factory Preset RF frequency 1 GHz RF level (RF output) RF OFF mode Offsets...

  • Page 492: Protecting Data

    Chapter 9.4.2, "External RF and I/Q settings", on page 456. 10.3 Protecting data During operation, the R&S SMM100A saves user data permanently in the user direc- tory, see "File storage location" on page 484. To protect any classified data and to avoid saving any sensitive data on the R&S SMM100A permanently, you have the following options:...

  • Page 493: Saving And Recalling Instrument Settings

    Or, in a test setup with more than one signal gen- erator, you want to transfer the used settings to another R&S SMM100A. Some test setups also require similar settings in all instrument paths. In these cases, you can save and recall instrument and user settings, and possibly other related data.
  • Page 494 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Saving and recalling instrument settings To access the dialog for saving and loading the settings of a firmware option ► In the general dialog of the corresponding digital standard, select the "Save" or "Recall"...
  • Page 495 789 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:CATalog? Recent files Displays the files last used. Show SCPI List Opens the "SCPI List", which lists the current settings of the R&S SMM100A as SCPI commands. The R&S SMM100A provides this function for Operation Mode > SCPI-Export.
  • Page 496 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Saving and recalling instrument settings Save Saves the current instrument settings or the settings belonging to a digital standard under the defined filename. Remote command: on page 672 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe Refer to the descriptions of the firmware options for the correct syntax of the corre- sponding SCPI commands: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:<Digital Standard>:SETTing:STORe...

  • Page 497: How To Save And Recall Instrument Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Saving and recalling instrument settings File Manager Accesses the "File Manager" dialog, see Chapter 10.8, "Using the file manager", on page 503. 10.4.2 How to save and recall instrument settings Instrument settings can be saved to a file and loaded again later, so that you can repeat the tests with the same settings.

  • Page 498: How To Recall The Settings Of A Firmware Option

    10.5 Accessing files with user data By the calculation of signals according to the different digital standards or by the gener- ation of custom digitally modulated signals, the R&S SMM100A uses the data from dif- ferent data sources (see also Chapter 4.4.1.1, "Data, clock and control signals and...

  • Page 499: File Select Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Accessing files with user data Whenever a data list file is enabled as a data source, the instrument provides direct access to the standard "File Select" function. This function enables you to select, cre- ate and edit the data list files.
  • Page 500 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Accessing files with user data Chapter 4.5.3.7, "Data list editor", on page 128. 5. Edit the file content. Confirm with "Save". Settings: Directory, File List and Filename................. 500 Functions for handling of data lists................501...

  • Page 501: How To Create And Access Data And Control Lists

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Accessing files with user data Refer to the description of firmware options for the syntax of the corresponding SCPI command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:<Digital Standard>:SETTing:CATalog on page 880 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog? To list files with user data: on page 789 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:CATalog?

  • Page 502: Exporting And Importing Remote Command Lists

    The R&S SMM100A also offers a SCPI macro recorder with code generator that is used to record manual settings and create an executable script, see Chapter 12.9.4,...

  • Page 503: Using The File Manager

    403 10.8 Using the file manager The "File Manager" is a tool similar to a standard Windows Explorer. It helps you man- age mass storage media and files saved on the R&S SMM100A. You can perform the following tasks: ●...

  • Page 504: File Manager Settings

    The "File Manager" dialog provides all standard functions required for file manage- ment. It displays the contents of the selected folder on the R&S SMM100A and provides functions to rename, delete, copy, or move individual files. 10.8.1 File manager settings Access: ►...

  • Page 505: Map Network Share Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Using the file manager Chapter A.2, "Extensions for user files", on page 1035 for an overview of the sup- ported file extensions. Directory and Filename Selects the directory in which the file to be deleted or copied is located. The dialog lists all files in this directory.
  • Page 506 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Using the file manager See also Chapter 10.8.4, "How to map a network folder", on page 507. Settings: Network Folder......................506 Local Folder........................ 506 User Name........................506 Password........................506 Reconnect at Startup....................506 Connect........................507 Change........................507...

  • Page 507: How To Display All Saved Files

    R&S SMM100A, distribute waveform files to several instruments or you have to access frequently the same network drive. In these cases, on a R&S SMM100A connected to a LAN you can create a shortcut to this network folder or this computer.
  • Page 508 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Using the file manager 3. Select "System Config > Setup > Remote Access > Network". Select: a) "Address Mode > Auto (DHCP)" b) Check that the "DNS Suffix" and "DNS Server" are correct.

  • Page 509: How To Transfer Files From And To The Instrument

    Mainly because of security reasons, the access to the file system of your R&S SMM100A can be denied, because one or all these access methods are deliber- ately disabled. Access to the file system via LAN and/or USB requires that the corre- sponding service is enabled and a write access to the file system is enabled.

  • Page 510: Removing File System Protection

    1GP72: Connectivity of Rohde&Schwarz Signal Generators. ● Removing file system protection................510 ● Accessing the file system of the R&S SMM100A via FTP........511 ● Accessing the R&S SMM100A file system via SMB (Samba)......512 ● Using a USB storage device for file transfer............

  • Page 511: Accessing The File System Of The R&S Smm100A Via Ftp

    10.9.2 Accessing the file system of the R&S SMM100A via FTP If the R&S SMM100A is connected to a LAN, you can use file transfer protocol (FTP) to access the file system and to transfer files from and to the instrument.

  • Page 512: Accessing The R&S Smm100A File System Via Smb (Samba)

    Open the /var/user/ directory. The dialog displays the /var/user/test ftp directory. 10.9.3 Accessing the R&S SMM100A file system via SMB (Samba) The SMB (Samba) protocol is an alternative way to access the file system of the instru- ment from a remote PC. This protocol works if both the instrument and the PC are con- nected to a LAN.
  • Page 513 The user directory corresponds to the /var/user/ directory of the instrument; the volatile directory - to the /var/volatile directory. To map the R&S SMM100A as a network drive to the remote PC We assume that the instrument and the remote PC are connected to a LAN.

  • Page 514: Using A Usb Storage Device For File Transfer

    1. Connect a USB storage device, for example a USB memory stick to one of the USB interfaces of the instrument. The R&S SMM100A recognizes the connected USB storage device automatically. Enable file transfer via USB Enable write permission on the file system 4.

  • Page 515: Creating Screenshots Of Current Settings

    LAN, you can create a shortcut on the instruments to the file server. To access the file server 1. On each R&S SMM100A, map the required directory of the file server to the instru- ment. Perform the steps described in Chapter 10.8.4, "How to map a network...
  • Page 516 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 13.11, "HCOPy subsystem", on page 690. Settings: Automatic Naming.......................516 File..........................517 Format.........................517 Options........................517 Save..........................517 Hardcopy Options >...
  • Page 517 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings Remote command: on page 694 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe File... In "Automatic Naming > Off" mode, accesses the standard file select dialog for select- ing the filename and folder the hardcopy is stored in.
  • Page 518 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings Remote command: on page 691 :HCOPy:IMAGe:FORMat on page 691 :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage Region ← Hardcopy Options > Common Displays the snapshot area. Remote command: on page 692 :HCOPy:REGion Hardcopy Options > Automatic Naming Access: select "Hardcopy >...

  • Page 519: How To Save A Hardcopy Of The Display

    ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings <Path>/<Prefix><YYYY><MM><DD><Number>.<Format>, where Y, M and D mean year, month, Day; Number is the Current Auto Number. You can activate or deactivate each component separately. The "Resulting filename" indicates the current filename syntax.
  • Page 520 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings 2. To define the output format, select "Format > JPG". 3. To enable the instrument to create output filenames, select "Automatic Naming > On". 4. Select "Options...". 5. In the "Hardcopy Options" dialog: a) To change the default directory the file is saved in, select "Automatic Naming...
  • Page 521 ® File and data management R&S SMM100A Creating screenshots of current settings c) Print the selected file. For more information, refer to the online help of the operating system. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 522: General Instrument Functions

    Dialog snapshots The R&S SMM100A enables you to disable the snapshots of dialogs in the taskbar and replaces dialogs with test. For information on how to deactivate the snapshot preview, Chapter 11.1.2, "Appearance settings",...

  • Page 523: Display And Keyboard Settings

    525 ● Determine the state of the RF signal, and the level display in the status bar when you turn on the R&S SMM100A, see Chapter 11.1.4, "Defining the RF signal state on power on", on page 525.

  • Page 524: Appearance Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Customizing the user interface The remote commands required to configure the display and keyboard are described in Chapter 13.9, "DISPlay subsystem", on page 684 and Chapter 13.12, "KBOard sub- system", on page 695. Screen Saver......................

  • Page 525: Display Update Settings

    11.1.4 Defining the RF signal state on power on As additional functions for the level settings, you can determine the state of the RF sig- nal, and the level display in the status bar when you turn on the R&S SMM100A. Power-On/EMF settings Access: ►...

  • Page 526: How To Set The Initial Instrument Settings

    938 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe 11.1.5 How to set the initial instrument settings This section describes how to set up the R&S SMM100A initially. 11.1.5.1 Setting the keyboard language You can select the language of the external keyboard connected to the instrument.

  • Page 527: Configuring Local And Global Connectors

    1. Press the [Setup] key. 2. Select "User Interface > Appearance". 3. If necessary, enable "Display Dialog Snapshots". The changes take effect immediately. 11.2 Configuring local and global connectors The R&S SMM100A is equipped with multipurpose bi-directional connectors. User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...

  • Page 528: Required Options

    11.2.2.1 Global connectors The R&S SMM100A is equipped with User x interfaces which can be freely assigned a selection of signals and which can be configured as both inputs and outputs. A common threshold and input impedance is effective for all trigger and clock signal inputs provided at the User connectors.
  • Page 529 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors Table 11-1 gives an overview of the signals that can be applied to and output at the User connector. Table 11-1: Mapping control signals to the User x connectors...
  • Page 530 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors Table 11-2: Mapping control signals to the local T/M/C connectors (System Configuration > BB Sour- ces = Coupled) Connector Direction Assigned signal T/M/(C) 1 Output "Baseband Marker 1" "Symbol Clock"...

  • Page 531: Trigger Marker Clock Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors 11.2.3 Trigger marker clock settings Access: 1. Perform one of the following: ● In the "Block Diagram", select the T/M/C status LEDs on the left side of the "Baseband" blocks.
  • Page 532 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors The eye icon in the tab header indicates the panel (front, rear or both) the selected connector is located at. 11.2.3.1 Overview table Logical Signal Displays the logical signal, as configured in the "Trigger In", "Marker" or "Clock" tab of the corresponding digital standard, see for example Chapter 4.4.2.1, "Trigger...

  • Page 533: Rf Connectors Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors See also Chapter 11.2, "Configuring local and global connectors", on page 527. 11.2.4 RF connectors settings Access: 1. Perform one of the following: ● In the "RF block", select "RF" > "RF Frequency" > "RF Connectors".

  • Page 534: Global Connectors Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors The eye icon in the tab header indicates the panel (front, rear or both) the selected connector is located at. Settings: Signal.......................... 534 Connector........................534 Show Connector......................534 Signal Opens the dialog with the corresponding settings.
  • Page 535 ® R&S SMM100A General instrument functions Configuring local and global connectors ● In the "Block Diagram", select the T/M/C status LEDs to access the "Trigger Marker Clock" dialog and: – Select a global User connector or – Select "Global Connector Settings".
  • Page 536 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors A blinking LED on the front or rear panel indicates the selected connector, too. Show Connector Accesses a dialog that displays the physical location of the selected connector on the front/rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 537 Control signal with low or high level. "Manual Trigger" Output of a short pulse signal that can serve as a common external trigger signal for triggering of several R&S SMM100A. Example "Triggering several R&S SMM100A instruments simul- taneously" on page 447.
  • Page 538 If "User 6 > Direction = Output" and "Signal = Manual Trigger", generates a short pulse signal and outputs it at the User 6 connector. The signal can serve as a common external trigger signal for triggering of several R&S SMM100A, see Example "Triggering several R&S SMM100A instruments simulta- neously" on page 447. Remote command: on page 736 :OUTPut:USER<ch>:TRIGger[:IMMediate]...

  • Page 539: Local Connectors Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors 11.2.6 Local connectors settings Access: 1. Perform one of the following: ● In the "Block Diagram", select the T/M/C status LEDs to access the "Trigger Marker Clock" dialog and: –...
  • Page 540 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors 2. Use the built-in Show Connector function to display the physical location of the selected connector. A blinking LED on the rear panel indicates the selected connector, too. Show Connector Accesses a dialog that displays the physical location of the selected connector on the front/rear panel of the instrument.

  • Page 541: How To Enable Signals And Perform Signal To Connector Mapping

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Configuring local and global connectors Remote command: on page 738 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:TM:CLOCk:IMPedance on page 738 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:TM:TRIGger:IMPedance Clock Input Slope Sets the polarity of the active slope of an externally applied clock signal. Remote command: on page 739 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:TM:CLOCk:SLOPe...

  • Page 542: Organizing Frequently Used Settings As Favorites

    "Connector status LEDs" on page 530. 11.3 Organizing frequently used settings as favorites The R&S SMM100A provides two possibilities to define frequently used settings and procedures for later retrieval individually. User menu and [★ (User)] key These two functions work similar to the favorites function of a browser or other pro- grams.

  • Page 543: User Menu Settings

    "Recall Setup" function If the "Recall Setup" is the only user action assigned to the [★ (User)] key, pressing this key triggers the R&S SMM100A to load the user-defined preset file immedi- ately. Recalling a user-defined preset file using the [★ (User)] key is even faster than the immediate recall function provided by the [Save/Rcl] key.

  • Page 544: How To Use The User Menu For Fast Adjustments

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Organizing frequently used settings as favorites 11.3.2 How to use the user menu for fast adjustments Access: 1. Press the [★ (User)] key. The "User Menu" dialog opens. If you execute this action for the first time, the dialog displays instructions on how to use the "User Menu".
  • Page 545 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Organizing frequently used settings as favorites The "User Menu" button in the taskbar confirms that you have created a "User Menu" with at least one entry. 4. Press the [★ (User)] key. The "User Menu" dialog shows all parameters that you have added to the list.

  • Page 546: Define User Key Actions Settings

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Organizing frequently used settings as favorites 3. To tansfer a file from or to an instrument, the R&S SMM100A provides several options, see "File handling" on page 485. 11.3.3 Define user key actions settings Access: ►...

  • Page 547: How To Assign Actions To The [★ (User)] Key

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Organizing frequently used settings as favorites "Open Dialog, with Position and Size/append to SCPI" Quick access to the selected dialog. Use the "Open Dialog, append to SCPI" function to define a sequence of several dialogs to be opened simultaneously or one after the other.
  • Page 548 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Organizing frequently used settings as favorites To assign a frequently used dialog to the [★ (User)] key: 1. Open the dialog you want to quickly access. For example, select "Baseband > EUTRA/LTE > DL Frame Configuration > Time Plan >...

  • Page 549: Managing Licenses And License Keys

    The R&S SMM100A executes the action and opens the dialog. 11.4 Managing licenses and license keys The R&S SMM100A provides options for all required applications, as, e.g., for digital standards, you can purchase and activate. Various license types enable you to manage licenses for options as follows: ●...

  • Page 550: Manage License Keys Settings

    You cannot return or disable the license of an option manually before the occupation period has elapsed. If the R&S SMM100A has no connection to the license server, it displays a warning message. 11.4.1 Manage license keys settings The "Manage Licnese Keys"...
  • Page 551 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Managing licenses and license keys 2. Select "System Config > Setup > Instrument Assembly > Manage License Keys > Installed License Keys". This tab lists all active options, with information on the available number of an option, the license type and registration.
  • Page 552 Managing licenses and license keys The tab lists all options available on the license server, the number of options already occupied by the R&S SMM100A and the state of their occupation period. The occupation period indicates the remaining time you can use the option.
  • Page 553 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Managing licenses and license keys Enter License Key Type here the license key provided with the option. For license keys delivered as a file, use Import License Key from File..Import License Key from File...
  • Page 554 Opens the "Manages Waveform Packages" dialog that enables you to register wave- form files. With a waveform packages license, the R&S SMM100A can play a waveform file gen- erated with the R&S WinIQSIM2 software, even if it is not equipped with the corre- sponding digital standard option for using R&S WinIQSIM2 (R&S SMM-K2xy/K4xy).
  • Page 555 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Managing licenses and license keys Occupy Licenses The license server allows you to borrow one or more options with floating licenses for a specified time. You can retrieve a non-occupied license and save it locally for up to 7 days.

  • Page 556: Using The License Server

    As a browser application you can access the R&S License Server either in a browser and also directly in the R&S SMM100A. The onboard license server integrated in the instrument firmware has connection to a local smartcard memory. The local smartcard holds local licenses, i.e.
  • Page 557 2. Select "Open License Server". The license server browser opens. If both, local and floating licenses are available, the application lists the internal license server of the R&S SMM100A, and the remote license server as R&S SMM-FL in the "License providers" tile. The "License", "Analytics"...

  • Page 558: How To Occupy Or Extend A License

    11.4.3 How to occupy or extend a license The R&S SMM100A also supports the use of currently non-occupied software licenses provided by license servers of Rohde & Schwarz. When connected to one or more User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 559 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Managing licenses and license keys license servers, you can retrieve licenses for temporary installation and use directly on the instrument. The following description shows how to assign and handle occupied licenses. To occupy an option The example shows how to occupy an LTE option for use in the instrument.

  • Page 560: How To Move A Portable License

    2 for the set occupation period. To extend the occupation period for an option in use If an option is already occupied, the R&S SMM100A lists each option under "Renew Occupation Period". 1. Access: Navigate to the "Occupy / Renew License: ..." dialog, as described in "To...
  • Page 561 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Managing licenses and license keys a) On the source instrument, select "System Config > Setup > Instrument Assem- bly > Manage License Keys > New License > Device ID". b) On the target instrument, select "System Config > Setup > Instrument Assem- bly >...

  • Page 562: Using The Security Settings

    13. Select the created license key file. The portable option is installed on the target instrument. 11.5 Using the security settings The protection function of the R&S SMM100A offers several levels to activate particu- lar functions like self-test or tests for service purposes specifically. Protection The five protection levels are automatically active on startup, the protection levels, that means all protected functions are locked.

  • Page 563: Protection Level Settings

    Remote control via the LAN interface requires that the interface is activated. Once the interface is activated, enable or disable LAN services as needed. ● User interface prevents front panel operation and/or reading the display. For more information, see the document R&S SMM100A Instrument Security Proce- dures. 11.5.1 Protection level settings Access: ►...

  • Page 564: Setting Security Parameters

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings The remote commands required to unlock a protected stage are described in Chap- ter 13.17, "SYSTem subsystem", on page 960. Protection Level/Password Unlocks the selected level of protection, if you enter the correct password.
  • Page 565 562 for more information on the security concept. ● The release notes for details on signature verification when installing new or former firmware versions, available at www.rohde-schwarz.com/firmware/smm100a. "Confirm Unsigned" Performs the signature verification. If the check detects any discrepancies, the instrument issues a warn- ing message.
  • Page 566 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings The "Disk & Memory" tab secures controlled access to the mass memory and pre- vents information from leaving a secure environment. The remote commands available to control security settings are described in Chap- ter 13.17, "SYSTem...
  • Page 567 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings Sanitize Executes the erase procedure that sanitizes the internal memory. The sanitizing function makes sure that no user information is stored on the instrument when it leaves the secure environment.
  • Page 568 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings How to: see "Disabling the frequency and level indication in the status bar" on page 576. Remote command: on page 686 :DISPlay:ANNotation:AMPLitude User Interface Allows you to lock the controls for manual operation and the display individually.

  • Page 569: Configuring Lan Services

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings "Disabled" Locks the display and all controls for the manual operation of the instrument. This security feature protects the instrument against unauthorized reading and access, for example when you operate the instrument via remote control.
  • Page 570 "VNC" Activates access over VNC (Virtual Network Computing) interface, a graphical desktop sharing system that uses RFB protocol to control the instrument remotely. See also Chapter 12.10, "Operating the R&S SMM100A remotely using VNC", on page 643. "SSH (SCP)" Activates access over SSH (Secure Shell), a network protocol for secure data communication.

  • Page 571: Password Management

    "SMB (Samba)" Activates access to SMB (Server Message Block), used for providing shared access to files, printers and serial ports of a network. See also Chapter 10.9.3, "Accessing the R&S SMM100A file system via SMB (Samba)", on page 512. "Avahi (Zeroconf)"...
  • Page 572 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings In this tab, you can assign the security and a user-defined password. 2. Select "System Config > Setup > Security > Security > Password Management > Security Password". How to: ●...
  • Page 573 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings User Password Access: select "System Config > Setup > Security > Security > Password Management > User Password". Allows you to change and confirm the user password. Old Password ← User Password Enters the current user password.

  • Page 574: How To Prevent Unauthorized Access

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings New Password ← Security Password Enters the new security password. The security password can contain decimal characters only. Confirm Password ← Security Password Confirms the new security password by repeating.
  • Page 575 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings d) Select "Change Password". The user password is changed; the user name is displayed ("Security > Password Management > User Password > User Name"). Changing the default security password ► Note: We recommend that you change the default password before connecting the instrument to a network.
  • Page 576 ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Using the security settings Disabling the frequency and level indication in the status bar These settings are useful to prevent unauthorized personnel from reading the display, when you remotely control the instrument from a different location.

  • Page 577: Undoing Or Restoring Actions

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Undoing or restoring actions 11.6 Undoing or restoring actions "Undo" is a function that removes the effect of the last action on the instrument and reverts it to an older state. Conversely, "Redo" restores a previously undone action.

  • Page 578: Shutting Down And Rebooting The Instrument

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMM100A Shutting down and rebooting the instrument History List Lists the performed actions, provided "Undo/Redo" state is "On". Clear History Deletes the recorded list of the performed steps. Apply Performs the "Undo/Redo". If you select a previously performed action of the list, all subsequent actions are undone.

  • Page 579: Network Operation And Remote Control

    (interfaces) for remote access. The following descriptions provide information required for operating the R&S SMM100A remotely. The information applies to all applications and operating modes supported by the instrument. Definitions specified in the SCPI standard are not provided.

  • Page 580: Overview Of Remote Access Modes

    ● Clients supporting remote operation depend on the used remote device, see Table 12-1. ● How to: see Chapter 12.10, "Operating the R&S SMM100A remotely using VNC", on page 643. Table 12-1: Supported VNC operation modes Remote device VNC client...

  • Page 581: Remote Control Interfaces And Protocols

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote control interfaces and protocols Remote device VNC client Requirements Characteristics ● Web browser with HTML5 Web sockets must be supported. Slower than the other modes. No additional installation or acti- vation required.

  • Page 582: Lan Interface

    I/O software library R&S VISA for download at the Rohde & Schwarz website http://www.rohde- schwarz.com/rsvisa. How to: Chapter 12.8, "Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely", on page 622 describes how to configure the remote control interfaces. ● interface......................582 ●...
  • Page 583 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote control interfaces and protocols TCPIP::<host address>[::<LAN device name>][::INSTR] TCPIP = designates the network protocol host address = designates the IP address or hostname of the instrument [::LAN device name] = defines the protocol and the instance number of a subinstrument...

  • Page 584: Usb Interface

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote control interfaces and protocols port = determines the used port number SOCKET = indicates the raw network socket resource class Socket communication requires the specification of the port (commonly referred to as port number) and of "SOCKET"...

  • Page 585: Gpib Interface (Iec/Ieee Bus Interface)

    ASRL1::INSTR 12.2.3 GPIB interface (IEC/IEEE bus interface) To control the R&S SMM100A over the GPIB bus, the instrument and the controller PC must be connected with a GPIB bus cable. A GPIB bus card, the card drivers and the program libraries for the used programming language must be installed on the control- ler.

  • Page 586: Lxi Browser Interface

    12.2.4 LXI browser interface The LXI browser interface allows easy configuration of the LAN and remote control of the R&S SMM100A without additional installation requirements. The instrument's LXI browser interface works correctly with all W3C compliant browsers. Chapter 12.11.1, "LXI functionality",...
  • Page 587 Remote control programs and libraries Example: Remote control (application) program using VISA Figure 12-3: Application program using VISA Protocol Remote control program Socket viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) viPrintf (..., "SOUR:FREQ 2GHz\n") VXI-11 viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::inst0::INSTR", ...) viPrintf (..., "SOUR:FREQ 2GHz\n") HiSLIP viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::hislip0::INSTR", ...)
  • Page 588 Remote control programs and libraries Example: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA available) Figure 12-4: Application using instrument driver (VISA available) Protocol Remote control program Socket rssmm_init ("TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) rssmm_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) VXI-11 rssmm_init ("TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::inst0::INSTR", ...) rssmm_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) HiSLIP rssmm_init ("TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::hislip0::INSTR", ...)

  • Page 589: Status Reporting System

    Example: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA not available) Figure 12-5: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA not available) Protocol Remote control program Socket rssmm_init ("TCPIP:SMM100A-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) rssmm_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) GPIB rssmm_init ("GPIB::28::INSTR", ...) rssmm_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) 12.4 Status reporting system The status reporting system stores all information on the current operating state of the instrument, and on errors which have occurred.
  • Page 590 = Error- /Event-Queue 1, 0 = not used Note: This legend explains the abbreviations to the Status Byte Register. The R&S SMM100A uses the following status registers: ● Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable (SRE), see Chapter 12.4.3, "Sta- tus byte (STB) and service request enable register (SRE)",...

  • Page 591: Structure Of A Scpi Status Register

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system ● Standard Event Status, i.e. the Event status Register (ESR) and the Event Status Enable (ESE), see Chapter 12.4.4, "Event status register (ESR) and event status enable register (ESE)", on page 594.
  • Page 592 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system Figure 12-7: The status-register model Description of the five status register parts The five parts of a SCPI status register have different properties and functions: ● CONDition The CONDition part is written directly by the hardware or it mirrors the sum bit of the next lower register.

  • Page 593: Status Byte (Stb) And Service Request Enable Register (Sre)

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system read by the user. Reading the register clears it. This part is often equated with the entire register. ● ENABle The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the sum bit (see below).

  • Page 594: Event Status Register (Esr) And Event Status Enable Register (Ese)

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system Bit No. Meaning MAV bit (message available) The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue which can be read. This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller.

  • Page 595: Questionable Status Register (Status:questionable)

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system Bit No. Meaning Command Error This bit is set if a command is received, which is undefined or syntactically incorrect. An error message with a number between -100 and -200, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue.
  • Page 596 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system receive and evaluate the information of all devices. The following standard methods are used: ● Service request (SRQ) initiated by the instrument ● Serial poll of all devices in the bus system, initiated by the controller to find out who sent an SRQ and why ●...

  • Page 597: Reset Values Of The Status Reporting System

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Status reporting system ● The commands of the STATus system query the SCPI registers (STATus:QUEStionable...) The returned value is always a decimal number that represents the bit pattern of the queried register. This number is evaluated by the controller program.

  • Page 598: Remote Access Settings

    To achieve optimal compatibility when replacing an instrument, we recommend that you select the emulation command set for the corresponding signal generator. You find the remote control command sets supported by the R&S SMM100A in a selec- tion list.
  • Page 599 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings In the "Network" dialog, you can configure the settings of the general network envi- ronment and specific identification parameters of the instrument in the network. The remote commands required to configure the network remotely are described in Chapter 13.17, "SYSTem...
  • Page 600 Remote access settings Workgroup Sets the individual windows workgroup name of the R&S SMM100A. This parameter is required in case the instrument is integrated in a windows network. This function is password-protected. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it.

  • Page 601: Visa Resource Strings

    > "Static". Remote command: on page 974 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS MAC Address Indicates the MAC (Media Access Control) address, a unique identifier of the network adapter in the R&S SMM100A. Remote command: on page 973 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress 12.5.2 VISA resource strings Access: ► Select "System Config > Remote Access > Visa Resource Strings".
  • Page 602 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings The "Visa Resource String" dialog displays the VISA resource strings provided for remote control over the different interfaces. The remote commands required to query the address information remotely are descri- bed in Chapter 13.17, "SYSTem...

  • Page 603: Gpib Address Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings SERIAL Displays the visa resource string for remote control over the serial interface. See also Chapter 12.2.2, "USB interface", on page 584 Remote command: on page 975 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:RESource? 12.5.3 GPIB address settings Access: ►...

  • Page 604: Instrument Emulations Settings

    (null modem) cable. The USB connection requires the Visa library to be installed on the controller. Visa detects and config- ures the R&S SMM100A automatically when the USB connection is established. The remote commands required to configure the parameters remotely are described in Chapter 13.17, "SYSTem...
  • Page 605 The remote commands required to configure the emulation settings remotely are described in Chapter 13.17, "SYSTem subsystem", on page 960. Language Selects the instrument whose remote command set is emulated by the R&S SMM100A. Remote command: on page 978 :SYSTem:LANGuage Mode Selects the way the instrument identification is performed. "Automatic"...

  • Page 606: Remote Connections Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings 12.5.6 Remote connections settings The "Remote Connections" dialog covers the active SCPI and TCP/IP connections, and a history list of the connections that have accessed the instrument before. 12.5.6.1...

  • Page 607: Hums Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings 12.5.6.2 Closed connections Access: ► Select "System Config > Remote Access > Remote Connections > Closed". The "Closed" tab shows the currently active remote connections, and you can enable the display of the active connections in the task bar.
  • Page 608 ► Select "System Config > Remote Access > HUMS". The dialog provides settings to configure settings of the health and utility monitor- ing system (HUMS) of the R&S SMM100A. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 13.8,...

  • Page 609: Hums Enhanced Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings A standard file dialog opens, to save the log file. By default, the file is saved to the directory /var/user/. Remote command: on page 681 DIAGnostic:HUMS:DEVice:HISTory? on page 682 DIAGnostic:HUMS:SAVE 12.5.8 HUMS enhanced settings...

  • Page 610: Qr Code

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Remote access settings REST ← Protocol settings Activates the REST protocol. The setting is reset by a factory preset to "on". Remote command: on page 683 SYSTem:COMMunicate:REST:ENABle SNMPv2 Configuration ← Protocol settings Configures parameters, that are relevant for authentication with SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c.

  • Page 611: Lxi Settings

    Chapter 12.10.3, "How to set up remote operation from a smart device", on page 646. 12.6 LXI settings On the R&S SMM100A, an LXI functionality is already installed and enabled, see status settings. Thus, you can access he instrument using any web browser to perform the following tasks: ●...

  • Page 612: Lxi Browser Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings LAN Status The LED indicates the LXI status. "green" Normal operation "green (flashing)" Device identification "red" LAN fault Hostname / MAC Address / IP Address "Hostname" on page 599. LAN Reset Initiates the network configuration reset mechanism for the instrument and resets the hostname, MAC address, and IP address.
  • Page 613 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings The instrument homepage (welcome page) opens. The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument homepage. The homepage displays the device information required by the LXI stan- dard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format.
  • Page 614 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings 12.6.2.1 LAN configuration The "LAN Configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows their modification. It comprises the following navigation entries. ● configuration..................... 614 ● Advanced config....................615 ●...
  • Page 615 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings Advanced config The "Advanced Config" web page provides LAN settings that are not declared manda- tory by the LXI standard. The following advanced parameters are available: ● "mDNS and DNS-SD": The additional protocols "multicast DNS" and "DNS service discovery"...
  • Page 616 2. Select "Submit". 12.6.2.2 SCPI remote trace The remote trace functionality allows you to trace input and output strings at the remote control interface of the R&S SMM100A, see Chapter 12.8.8, "How to trace messages with the LXI web browser interface", on page 632.
  • Page 617 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings Toolbars The toolbar at the top of the dialog provides basic settings and functions. ● "Live mode" / "logging": If logging is switched on, messages are traced. They are stored in an internal database and can be displayed upon request, using the refresh button (live mode off) or they can be displayed automatically (live mode on).
  • Page 618 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A LXI settings ● "message": indicates the type of the message. Possible values and related mes- sage contents are: – > = incoming command – < = outgoing response to a query –...

  • Page 619: Connecting The Instrument To The Network (Lan)

    Connecting the instrument to the network (LAN) 12.7 Connecting the instrument to the network (LAN) The R&S SMM100A is equipped with a network interface and can be connected to an Ethernet LAN (local area network). There are two methods to establish a LAN connection to the instrument: ●...

  • Page 620: How To Activate Lan Services

    Changing IP addresses 2. Connect the LAN socket on the rear panel via an RJ-45 cable to the LAN. The R&S SMM100A displays its IP address on the screen. 12.7.4 How to assign the IP address Depending on the network capacities, the TCP/IP address information for the instru- ment can be obtained in different ways.

  • Page 621: How To Use Computer Names (Hostnames)

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Connecting the instrument to the network (LAN) To assign the IP address manually on the instrument 1. NOTICE! Connecting to the network can cause network failure. Errors can affect the entire network.

  • Page 622: Controlling The R&S Smm100A Remotely

    R&S SMM100A Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely Example: The default hostname of an R&S SMM100A with a serial number 102030 is SMM100A-102030. To query and change a computer name 1. Select "System Config > Remote Access > Network". The computer name is displayed under "Hostname".

  • Page 623: How To Find The Visa Resource String

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely ● How to find the VISA resource string..............623 ● How to change the GPIB instrument address............623 ● Establishing a remote control connection over the LXI browser interface....

  • Page 624: Establishing A Remote Control Connection Over The Lxi Browser Interface

    12.8.3 Establishing a remote control connection over the LXI browser interface Via the LXI browser interface to the R&S SMM100A one or more users can control the instrument remotely from another PC without additional installation. Most instrument controls are available via the front panel simulation. File upload and download between the instrument and the remote PC is also available.
  • Page 625 582. Setting up the controller with R&S VISA To remote control the R&S SMM100A, we use the R&S VISA Tester application. The application communicates via TCP/IP protocol. The instrument is preconfigured for networks using DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol).
  • Page 626 Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely 5. In the menu bar, select "Choose VISA Implementation > Rohde & Schwarz Visa" and confirm with "OK". 6. In the menu bar, select "Find Resource" to search for the instrument in the LAN.
  • Page 627 "OK". The "Alias" name is assigned. d) Close the dialog. The R&S SMM100A is registered in the program. It can be addressed via the resource string or alias name. 10. In the main window, select "Connect".
  • Page 628 To set the instrument to remote control, you can use the addressed command &GTR or send any command from the controller. 1. Start the R&S VISA Tester. Establish the connection to the R&S SMM100A. "Setting up the controller with R&S VISA" on page 625.

  • Page 629: Establishing A Remote Control Connection Over Lan Using Socket Communication

    Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely While remote control is active, the "Remote" icon in the status bar indicates that the instrument is in remote control mode. Currently ongoing communication (data transfer) is indicated by green colored arrows in the icon.
  • Page 630 R&S SMM100A and the number of the port configured for remote-control via Tel- net. Tip: The R&S SMM100A uses the port number 5025 for remote connection via Tel- net. The connection to the instrument is set up and you can send remote-control com- mands.

  • Page 631: Setting Up A Remote Control Connection Over Gpib

    Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Controlling the R&S SMM100A remotely 12.8.6 Setting up a remote control connection over GPIB The program example in this section is written in VISUAL BASIC. A condition for pro- gramming in VISUAL BASIC is that the modules NIGLOBAL (Niglobal.bas) and VBIB32 (Vbib_32.bas) are added to the projects.

  • Page 632: Setting Up A Remote Control Connection Over Usb

    620. 3. Start a web browser that supports HTML5 (W3C compliant). 4. Enter the IP address of the R&S SMM100A in the browser's address bar. The welcome page is displayed. 5. In the navigation pane, select "Diagnostics > SCPI Remote Trace".

  • Page 633: How To Return To Manual Operation

    "live mode > on" displays all commands and responses, and "logging > on" also traces messages. If you now control the R&S SMM100A with SCPI commands, using an appropriate tool, the LXI function records the information sent and received. The function records all sent commands, received responses and messages, and saves them in an internal database.
  • Page 634 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts series of SCPI commands corresponding to the settings. When completed, it is conver- ted to an executable format, saved in a file and can be run whenever needed.
  • Page 635 When converted, you can save the script in a file with an extension corresponding to the programming language. The R&S SMM100A provides the following predefined code templates by default: ● Plain SCPI Represents SCPI base format, that is ASCII format, saved as text file (*.txt).

  • Page 636: Show Scpi Command

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts You can directly use this format with MATLAB(c) Toolkit. For comprehensive infor- mation on this topic, refer to the application note 1GP60: MATLAB Toolkit for R&S Signal Generators.

  • Page 637: Scpi Recording Export Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts ● At any time outside recording Select "Show SCPI Recording List" in the context-sensitive menu. This function assumes that at least one recording has been executed after power-on.
  • Page 638 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts 2. Select "Export". The "SCPI Recording Export" dialog contains all functions required for export of command lists to a file. It enables you to select the source code format, assign an individual filename and display the file content.

  • Page 639: How To Record / Create Scpi Lists

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts 12.9.4 How to record / create SCPI lists How to record SCPI lists automatically The following example briefly explains how to proceed when you want to record SCPI lists.
  • Page 640 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts c) Select "Add SCPI Command to Recording List" Tip: You cannot see "Add SCPI ..." in the menu? A possible reason is opening the menu outside of a dialog or input field, for example in a block diagram.
  • Page 641 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts 3. Depending on the selected format, convert the script as described in Chap- ter 12.9.5, "How to convert and save SCPI lists", on page 642 4. Enter a filename.

  • Page 642: How To Convert And Save Scpi Lists

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Automating tasks with remote command scripts 3. Rearrange the commands to a reasonable order. If you, for example, set a STATe command to the last position of a list, you can avoid intermediate calculations of the signal.

  • Page 643: How To Find Out The Scpi Commands For Gui Functions

    Conversely, if you are looking for a function in the GUI, which belongs to a SCPI, you find it via a cross-reference in the online help and in the user manual. 12.10 Operating the R&S SMM100A remotely using VNC This section shows you some examples of the various possibilities to set up remote operation.

  • Page 644: How To Enable The Vnc Service

    12.10.2 How to set up remote operation from a desktop system 12.10.2.1 Using a web browser The R&S SMM100A supports remote operation via VNC with any web browser, like Windows Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox for instance, or alternatively, an HTML5 web browser.
  • Page 645 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A Operating the R&S SMM100A remotely using VNC 12.10.2.2 Using a VNC client software A VNC client software is an application which can be used to access and control the instrument from a remote computer through a LAN connection.

  • Page 646: How To Set Up Remote Operation From A Smart Device

    574. 12.10.3 How to set up remote operation from a smart device The R&S SMM100A supports remote operation via VNC from a smart device (remote client), like a tablet (tablet computer) or a smartphone. The smart device accesses the...
  • Page 647 Figure 12-9: Example of a network configuration for remote operation with a smart device As shown in the figure, the R&S SMM100A and the WLAN router are connected to the LAN router. The smart device accesses the Rohde & Schwarz instrument via the WLAN router.
  • Page 648 12.10.3.1 Using a VNC app Using a VNC App enables the smart device to access the R&S SMM100A via WLAN. The VNC Apps are available from various manufacturers of the smart devices. The list of supported devices is different according to the smart device.

  • Page 649: References

    Ethernet with the simplicity and familiarity of GPIB. Like GPIB, LXI determines and standardizes the way the instrument behaves in a LAN. The LXI implementation in the R&S SMM100A allows you to change certain LAN set- tings, to reset the LAN connection, and to identify the instrument.

  • Page 650: Code Generator Templates

    See also "News from Rohde & Schwarz, article 2006/II - 190". The LXI functionality in the R&S SMM100A is characterized by a common LAN imple- mentation, including an ICMP ping responder for diagnostics. Using a web browser, you can configure the instrument. A LAN Configuration Initialize (LCI) mechanism resets the LAN configuration.
  • Page 651 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A References Templates are created in ASCII format with file extension *.expcodetempl. Example: Example to the code generator template NICVI.expcodetmpl: #EXTENSION_START #EXTENSION_END #INIT_CODE_START #include <ansi_c.h> #include <visa.h> #include <cvirte.h> #define MAX_BUFFER_SIZE 200 static ViStatus status;...

  • Page 652: Remote Control States

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMM100A References #NO_COMMAND_CODE_START //no SCPI command available for parameter %PARAMETER ! #NO_COMMAND_CODE_END #EXIT_CODE_START viClose (handle); viClose (defaultRM); return 0; #EXIT_CODE_END 12.11.3 Remote control states How to recognize if there is an active remote connection to the instrument ►...

  • Page 653: Remote Control Commands

    ● Conformity Commands that are taken from the SCPI standard are indicated as SCPI con- firmed. All commands used by the R&S SMM100A follow the SCPI syntax rules. ● Asynchronous commands A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next com- mand starts executing (overlapping command) is indicated as an Asynchronous command.

  • Page 654: Programming Examples

    The corresponding sections of the same title provide simple programming examples for the R&S SMM100A. The purpose of the examples is to present all commands for a given task. In real applications, one would rather reduce the examples to an appropri- ate subset of commands.
  • Page 655 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A Common commands ..........................658 *TRG ........................... 658 *TST? ..........................658 *WAI *CLS Clear status Sets the status byte (STB), the standard event register (ESR) and the EVENt part of the QUEStionable and the OPERation registers to zero. The command does not alter the mask and transition parts of the registers.
  • Page 656 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A Common commands *IST? Individual status query Returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll. Return values: <ISTflag> 0 | 1...
  • Page 657 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A Common commands Determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved or reset when the instrument is switched on. Thus a service request can be triggered when the instru- ment is switched on, if the status registers ESE and SRE are suitably configured. The query reads out the contents of the "power-on-status-clear"...
  • Page 658 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A Common commands *SRE <Contents> Service request enable Sets the service request enable register to the indicated value. This command deter- mines under which conditions a service request is triggered. Parameters: <Contents> Contents of the service request enable register in decimal form.

  • Page 659: Preset Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A Preset commands Prevents servicing of the subsequent commands until all preceding commands have been executed and all signals have settled (see also command synchronization and *OPC). Usage: Event 13.4 Preset commands The preset commands are not bundled in one subsystem. Therefore, they are listed separately in this section.

  • Page 660: Mmemory Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem Manual operation: "Connect/Disconnect All Remote" on page 458 "Preset behavior: Keep connections to external instru- ments" on page 459 "Remote Connection Status" on page 461 "Initialization Sequence" on page 466 :SOURce<hw>:PRESet Presets all parameters which are related to the selected signal path.

  • Page 661: File Naming Conventions

    The file and the optional file extension are separated by a period sign. The R&S SMM100A distinguishes the files according to their extensions; each type of file is assigned a specific file content and hence a specific file extension. Refer to Chap- ter A.2, "Extensions for user...

  • Page 662: Accessing Files In The Default Or In A Specified Directory

    The subsequent commands for file handling (select, delete, read out files in the directory, etc.) require only specification of the filename. File extension can be omitted; after syntax evaluation of the used command, the R&S SMM100A filters out the relevant files.

  • Page 663: Programming Examples

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem // Set the default directory first MMEMory:CDIRectory "/var/user/DigMod" SOURce1:BB:DM:SETTing:CATalog? // "SaveRecallTest","dmSavRcl" // Specify only the file name; the extenssion *.dm is assigned automatically SOURce1:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe "dmSettings" SOURce1:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete "dmSavRcl" SOURce1:BB:DM:SETTing:LOAD "SaveRecallTest" SOURce1:BB:DM:SETTing:CATalog? // "SaveRecallTest","dmSettings"...
  • Page 664 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem Before the instrument settings can be saved in a file, they have to be saved in an inter- mediate memory using common command *SAV <number>. The specified number is then used in the command.

  • Page 665: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem // query only number of subdirectories in the current or specified directory MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? "/var/user" // 5 // query number of files in the current or specified directory MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? "/var/user" // 7 // Create a new directory for mass memory storage in the specified directory MMEMory:MDIRectory "/var/user/new"...
  • Page 666 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem ......................670 :MMEMory:DELete ....................670 :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe ....................671 :MMEMory:MDIRectory ......................671 :MMEMory:MOVE ......................671 :MMEMory:MSIS ....................672 :MMEMory:RDIRectory ....................672 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe ......................672 :MEMory:HFRee? :MMEMory:CATalog? <path> Returns the content of a particular directory. Query parameters: <path> string String parameter to specify the directory.
  • Page 667 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem Usage: Query only :MMEMory:CDIRectory <Directory> Changes the default directory for mass memory storage. The directory is used for all subsequent MMEM commands if no path is specified with them. Parameters: <Directory> <directory_name>...
  • Page 668 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem #: Hash sign; always comes first in the binary block <number>: the first digit indicates how many digits the subse- quent length entry has <length_entry>: indicates the number of subsequent bytes <data>: binary block data for the specified length.
  • Page 669 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem I/Q data or marker binary data, where the number of marker ele- ments has to be equal to the number of I/Q samples Binary block data follows the syntax: #<Digits><Length><I0Q0...IxQx...IN-1QN-1> or #<Digits><Length><M0M1...Mx...MN-1>...
  • Page 670 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem :MMEMory:DCATalog? <path> Returns the subdirectories of a particular directory. Query parameters: <path> String parameter to specify the directory. If the directory is omit- ted, the command queries the content of the current directory, queried with command.
  • Page 671 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem Setting parameters: <SavRclStateNumb> Determines to the specific <number> to be used with the *RCL command, e.g. *RCL 4. <file_name> String parameter to specify the file name with extension *.savrcltxt. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Recall"...
  • Page 672 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A MMEMory subsystem :MMEMory:RDIRectory <Directory> Removes an existing directory from the mass memory storage system. If no directory is specified, the subdirectory with the specified name is deleted in the default directory. Setting parameters: <Directory>...

  • Page 673: Calibration Subsystem

    :CALibration:ALL[:MEASure]? [<Force>] Starts all internal adjustments that do not need external measuring equipment. Note: If an external frequency converter R&S SZU is connected, the internal adjust- ments are blocked, and the R&S SMM100A generates an error message. Query parameters: <Force>...
  • Page 674 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A CALibration subsystem :CALibration<hw>:ALL:DATE? Queries the date of the most recently executed full adjustment. Suffix: <hw> Optional suffix Return values: <Date> string Example: CAL:ALL:DATE? // "2016-01-01" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Last Full Adjustment" on page 1022 :CALibration<hw>:ALL:INFormation?
  • Page 675 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A CALibration subsystem :CALibration<hw>:ALL:TIME? Queries the time elapsed since the last full adjustment. Return values: <Time> string Example: CAL:ALL:TIME? // "22 days" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Time" on page 1022 :CALibration:ALL:WARN <UncalWarning> Generates a warning message, if the instrument is in uncalibrated state.
  • Page 676 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A CALibration subsystem :CALibration<hw>:DEBug <State> Activates logging of the internal adjustments. Suffix: <hw> Optional suffix Setting parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: CALibration:DEBug 1 Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Log Debug Info"...

  • Page 677: Diagnostic Subsystem

    The test functions are intended for services purposes. They are thus password-protected functions. Unlock the corresponding protection level to access them, see :SYSTem:PROTect<ch>[:STATe] For more information, see R&S SMM100A Service Manual. Common suffixes The following common suffixes are used in remote commands: Suffix...
  • Page 678 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DIAGnostic subsystem Example: Programming example The example lists the commands required to query assemblies and test points for diag- nosis purposes. // Query the modules available in the instrument // and variant and revision state of a certain assembly :DIAGnostic1:BGINfo:CATalog? // IEC_BOARD,BNC_BOARD,BBMB,FPNL,SSYN,SYNEX,RFMB,...
  • Page 679 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DIAGnostic subsystem Query parameters: <Board> string Module name, as queried with the command DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo:CATalog?. To retrieve a complete list of all modules, omit the parameter. The length of the list is variable and depends on the instrument equipment configuration.

  • Page 680: Hums Remote Control Commands

    Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HUMS remote control commands :DIAGnostic<hw>:POINt:CATalog? Queries the test points available in the instrument. For more information, see R&S SMM100A Service Manual. Return values: <Catalog> string List of comma-separated values, each representing a test point Example: Example "Programming example"...
  • Page 681 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HUMS remote control commands ..............683 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:COMMunity:RO ..............683 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:COMMunity:RW ................684 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:VERSion DIAGnostic:HUMS:DELete:ALL Deletes the complete HUMS data. This includes device history, device tags, SCPI con- nections, utilization history and utilizations. Example: //Delete HUMS data...
  • Page 682 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HUMS remote control commands Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Export History" on page 608 DIAGnostic:HUMS:DEVice:HISTory:DELete:ALL Deletes the complete device history information of the connected instrument. Example: //Delete complete device history DIAG:HUMS:DEV:HIST:DEL:ALL Usage: Event Manual operation: "Delete History"...
  • Page 683 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HUMS remote control commands Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: //Turn on HUMS service DIAG:HUMS:STAT ON Manual operation: "State" on page 608 SYSTem:COMMunicate:REST:ENABle <RestState> Turns communication via the REST API on and off.

  • Page 684: Display Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DISPlay subsystem Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Access" on page 610 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:VERSion <SnmpVersion> Selects the SNMP version. Parameters for setting and query: <SnmpVersion> OFF | V12 | V123 | V3 | DEFault SNMP communication is off.
  • Page 685 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DISPlay subsystem Example: Querying the dialog IDs, opening and closing dialogs Use the following commands to query the dialog IDs of all currently open dialogs. The dialog ID is a prerequisite for opening and closing dialogs via the remote control.
  • Page 686 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DISPlay subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 0) Example: Example "Activating screen saver mode and display update" on page 684 Manual operation: "Screen Saver" on page 524 :DISPlay:UPDate[:STATe] <Update>...
  • Page 687 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A DISPlay subsystem We recommend that you use this mode if you operate the instrument in remote control. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Activating screen saver mode and display update"...

  • Page 688: Format Subsystem

    The commands in the FORMat subsystem determine the format of data returned by the R&S SMM100A to the controller. This affects all query commands that return a list of numerical data or block data, noted in the descriptions of the commands. The set data format applies to both paths.
  • Page 689 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A FORMat subsystem :FORMat:BORDer <Border> Determines the sequence of bytes within a binary block. This only affects blocks which use the IEEE754 format internally. Parameters: <Border> NORMal | SWAPped NORMal Expects/sends the least significant byte of each IEEE754 float- ing-point number first and the most significant byte last.

  • Page 690: Hcopy Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HCOPy subsystem PACKed Transfers numerical data as binary block data. The format within the binary data depends on the command. The various binary data formats are explained in the description of the parameter types.

  • Page 691: Hard Copy Settings

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HCOPy subsystem // Execute and transfer the hard copy // ****************************************************************** :HCOPy:EXECute :HCOPy:DATA // generates a hard copy // transfers the hard copy to the remote client :HCOPy:FILE:AUTO:FILE? // queries the automatic file name // "hardcopy1607001.bmp"...

  • Page 692: Automatic Naming

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HCOPy subsystem :HCOPy:REGion <Region> Selects the area to be copied. You can create a snapshot of the screen or an active dialog. Parameters: <Region> ALL | DIALog *RST: Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display"...
  • Page 693 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A HCOPy subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO? Queries path and file name of the hardcopy file, if you have enabled Automatic Nam- ing. Return values: <Auto> string Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display" on page 690...
  • Page 694 Queries the number that is used as part of the file name for the next hard copy in auto- matic mode. At the beginning, the count starts at 0. The R&S SMM100A searches the specified out- put directory for the highest number in the stored files. It increases this number by one to achieve a unique name for the new file.

  • Page 695: Kboard Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A OUTPut subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:PREFix <Prefix> :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:PREFix:STATe <State> Uses the prefix for the automatic generation of the file name, provided PREF:STAT is activated. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display"...
  • Page 696 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A OUTPut subsystem Suffix Value range Description OUTPut<hw> Optional suffix ..................... 696 :OUTPut:ALL[:STATe] ....................696 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe] ....................696 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]:PON ....................697 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe ................... 697 :OUTPut<hw>:BLANk:LIST:STATe .....................697 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance? ................698 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer? ................698 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer? ................... 698 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar ................698 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:TRIPped?
  • Page 697 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A OUTPut subsystem :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe <AMode> Sets the step attenuator mode at the RF output. Parameters: <AMode> FIXed | MANual | AUTO AUTO The step attenuator adjusts the level settings automatically, within the full variation range.
  • Page 698 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A OUTPut subsystem :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer? :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer? Queries the settable minimum/maximum value in mode :OUTPut:AMODe FIXed, i.e. when the attenuator is not being adjusted. Return values: <Upper> float Increment: 0.01 Default unit: dBm Example: :OUTPut1:AMODe FIXed :OUTPut1:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer?

  • Page 699: Sense, Read, Initiate And Slist Subsystems

    13.14 SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems These subsystems contain the commands for configuring the power measurements with R&S NRP power sensor connected to the R&S SMM100A. The local state is set with the INIT command. Switching off the local state enhances the measurement performance.
  • Page 700 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Programming examples Example: Detecting and assigning a power sensor SLISt:LIST? // Response: "NRP33SN-V-900007-USB Legacy","NRP-Z211-900001-USB Legacy" // Lists all automatically detected sensors. SLISt:SCAN:STATe 1 // Searches for sensors connected in the LAN or via the USBTMC protocol.
  • Page 701 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Example: Performing a power measurement with a fixed filter Prerequisite: The sensor is connected to the instrument and mapped to the first sensor channel. SENSe1:SOURce RF // Sensor measures the power of the RF signal.
  • Page 702 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems ..............708 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth[:USER] ................709 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio ..............709 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio:MTIMe ................709 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:SONCe ................. 710 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:TYPE ..................710 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FREQuency ................711 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:LOGGing:STATe ..................711 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet ................711 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet:STATe ..................711 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SNUMber? ..................712 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce...
  • Page 703 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Setting parameters: <IP> string *RST: Example: Example "Detecting and assigning a power sensor" on page 700. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Add LAN Sensor settings" on page 409 :SLISt:SCAN:USENsor <DeviceID>, <Serial>...
  • Page 704 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems :SLISt:CLEar[:ALL] Removes all R&S NRP power sensors from the list. Example: Example "Detecting and assigning a power sensor" on page 700. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear" on page 409 :SLISt:ELEMent<ch>:MAPPing <Mapping>...
  • Page 705 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems The remote measurement is triggered with :READ<ch>[:POWer]?). This command also returns the measurement results. The local state is not affected, measurement results can be retrieved with local state on or off.
  • Page 706 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Parameters: <Power> DBM | DBUV | WATT *RST: Example: :SENS2:UNIT DBM Selects dBm as unit for the measured value returned by com- mand READ. :READ2? Response: 7.34 7.34 dBm are measured by sensor 2.
  • Page 707 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Manual operation: "S-Parameter" on page 416 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe <State> Activates the use of the S-parameter correction data. Note: If you use power sensors with attenuator, the instrument automatically activates the use of S-parameter data.
  • Page 708 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: :SENS1:POW:DISP:PERM:STAT ON Turns on the permanent view. Manual operation: "Permanent" on page 414 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth:AUTO? Queries the current filter length in filter mode AUTO (:SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:...
  • Page 709 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Manual operation: "Filter Length" on page 415 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio <NSRatio> Sets an upper limit for the relative noise content in fixed noise filter mode SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:TYPE). This value determines the proportion of intrin- sic noise in the measurement results.
  • Page 710 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Manual operation: "Auto Once" on page 416 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:TYPE <Type> Selects the filter mode. The filter length is the multiplier for the time window and thus directly affects the measurement time.
  • Page 711 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:LOGGing:STATe <State> Activates the recording of the power values, measured by a connected R&S NRP power sensor. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example:...
  • Page 712 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Return values: <SNumber> string Example: :SENS1:SNUM? Queries the serial number. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Sensor type and serial number" on page 413 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce <Source> Determines the signal to be measured.

  • Page 713: Sconfiguration Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE? Queries the sensor type. The type is automatically detected. Return values: <Type> string Example: :SENS1:TYPE? Queries the type of sensor. Response: NRP-Z21 The R&S NRP-Z21 sensor is used. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Sensor type and serial number"...
  • Page 714 SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:LIST? // Response: "SMBV100B,SGS_2,SGT100A,SMBVB_1,SMBVB_2,SMW200A (100010),SGS_1, // SMW200A (100001)" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:REName "SGS_2","SGS (102030)" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:LIST? // Response: "SMBV100B,SGS (102030),SGT100A,SMBVB_1,SMBVB_2,SMW200A (100010),SGS_1, // SMW200A (100001)" // ******************************************************************************** // Detect external instruments and connect them to the R&S SMM100A. // ******************************************************************************** User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 715 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem SCONfiguration:EXTernal:BBMM1:REMote:DETect? // Response: "SGT100A" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:BBMM1:REMote:ISELect? // Response: "SGT100A","A" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:BBMM1:REMote:CONNect // Alternatively, combine instrument select and connect. SCONfiguration:EXTernal:BBMM1:REMote:ICONnect "SGT100A","A" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:REMote:ISELect "SGS_1","A" SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:REMote:CONNect // Alternatively, combine instrument select and connect. SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:REMote:ICONnect "SGS_1","A" // Query the connection state.

  • Page 716: Multi Instrument Configuration

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem // Disconnect and disable remote control of the external instruments. SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:DISConnect[:ALL] Example: Configuring primary-secondary mode // For the primary instrument: SOURce1:ROSCillator:SOURce INT SCONfiguration:MULTiinstrument:MODe PRIMary SCONfiguration:MULTiinstrument:STATe 1 SCONfiguration:APPLy SOURce1:INPut:USER6:DIRection OUTP OUTPut1:USER6:SIGNal INSinc SOURce1:INPut:USER5:DIRection OUTP...

  • Page 717: I/Q Stream Mapping

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem Example: Example "Configuring primary-secondary mode" on page 716. Manual operation: "Multi Instrument Trigger" on page 443 :SCONfiguration:MULTiinstrument:STATe <TriggerState> Activates the selected mode. Parameters: <TriggerState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Configuring primary-secondary mode"...

  • Page 718: External Rf And I/Q Instruments

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Distributing the I/Q streams to the output connec- tors" on page 713. Manual operation: "Map Stream X to Connector" on page 456 :SCONfiguration:OUTPut:MAPPing:STReam<st>:FOFFset <SmFreqOffset>...
  • Page 719 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem ..........722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:IQConnection:STATe? ..........722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:IQConnection:STATe? ..........722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:RCONnection:STATe? ..........722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:RCONnection:STATe? ............722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF:RCONnection:STATe? .........722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:RCONnection:STATe? ..............722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:INAMe? ..............722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:INAMe? ................722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF:INAMe? .............722 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:INAMe? ............723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:RF:COUPling ..............723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:RF:COUPling .............723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:RF:COUPling ............723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:RF:FREQuency ............723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:RF:FREQuency ..........723 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:RF:FREQuency...
  • Page 720 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem ..........728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:INFO? ..........728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:DISConnect ..........728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:REMote:DISConnect ............728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF:REMote:DISConnect .......... 728 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:DISConnect ..........729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:INITialization:CATalog? ........729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:INITialization:FILE ........729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:REMote:INITialization:FILE .......... 729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:INITialization:FILE ........729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:INITialization:FILE ..............729 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:PURGe ............... 730 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:CLEan ............
  • Page 721 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem Usage: Event Manual operation: "Connect/Disconnect All Remote" on page 458 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:PBEHaviour <State> If enabled, the connection to the external instruments is retained after preset (*RST) of the instrument. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a.
  • Page 722 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem Example: Example "Connecting and configuring external instruments" on page 714. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Direction" on page 459 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:IQConnection:STATe? :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:IQConnection:STATe? Return values: <IQConnState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Usage: Query only :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:RCONnection:STATe?
  • Page 723 461 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:RF:COUPling <RfCouplingState> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:RF:COUPling <RfCouplingState> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:RF:COUPling <RfCouplingState> Enables/disables coupling all major RF setting (like the frequency, level and RF state) of the external instrument to the R&S SMM100A. Parameters: <RfCouplingState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Connecting and configuring external instruments"...
  • Page 724 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem Example: SOURce1:FREQuency:CW 2143E6 SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:RF:COUPling ON SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:RF:FREQuency:OFFSet 20E6 // The resulting RF frequency of the external instrument is // RF = 2143E6 + 20E6 = 2.163 GHz // Where both the RF frequency and the frequency offset...
  • Page 725 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:RF:STATe <RemConnState> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:RF:STATe <RemConnState> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:RF:STATe <RemConnState> Sets the RF output state of the connected external instrument. Parameters: <RemConnState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Example: SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:RF:COUPling ON OUTput1:STATe ON SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:RF:STATe? // Response: "1"...
  • Page 726 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:LIST? Lists all available instruments, found by the :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote: command. SCAN Return values: <InstrNames> String String with symbolic names and/or alias names Example: Example "Connecting and configuring external instruments" on page 714.
  • Page 727 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:REName Changes the symbolic name of the instrument. Example: Example "Connecting and configuring external instruments" on page 714. Usage: Setting only :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:DETect? :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:REMote:DETect? Return values: <DetectedInstr> string Usage: Query only :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:ISELect <InstrName>[, <RfPath>] :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:REMote:ISELect <InstrName>[, <RfPath>]...
  • Page 728 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:CODer<ch>:REMote:ICONnect <InstrName>, <RfPath> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:FADer<ch>:REMote:ICONnect <InstrName>, <RfPath> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:REMote:ICONnect <InstrName>, <RfPath> :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF:REMote:ICONnect <InstrName>, <RfPath> Selects an external instrument for the selected connector and triggers connection. Parameters: <InstrName> string Instrument alias name, as retrieved with the command...
  • Page 729 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SCONfiguration subsystem To disconnect all remote connections at once, use the command :SCONfiguration: EXTernal:REMote:DISConnect[:ALL]. Example: Example "Connecting and configuring external instruments" on page 714. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Remote Connection Status" on page 461 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:INITialization:CATalog? Queries the names of the existing initialization files in the default directory.
  • Page 730 Setting only Manual operation: "Command, Send Command" on page 468 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput<ch>:CONNections:CHECk? Queries the status of the required connections between the R&S SMM100A and the R&S SZU. R&S SZU is connected to the R&S SMM100A via USB. Example: SCONfiguration:EXTernal:IQOutput1:REMote:ISELect "SZU (999991) B1066"...

  • Page 731: Source Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem 13.16 SOURce subsystem The SOURce subsystem contains the commands for configuring signals. Common suffixes The following common suffixes are used in remote commands: Suffix Value range Description ● SOURce[1] = RF output SOURce<hw>...
  • Page 732 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Global connectors settings configuration SOURce1:INPut:USER1:DIRection INP SOURce1:INPut:USER1:SIGNal TRIG1 SOURce1:INPut:USER3:DIRection INP SOURce1:INPut:USER3:SIGNal NSEGM1 SOURce1:INPut:USER5:DIRection INP SOURce1:INPut:USER5:SIGNal TRIG2 SOURce1:INPut:USER:TRIGger:LEVel 1.5 SOURce1:INPut:USER:PULM:LEVel 2 // the signal threshold at USER 1-3 is 1.5 V // this applies to all input signal, i.e. TRIG1 and NSEGM1 // the signal threshold at USER 4-6 is 2 V // this applies to all input signal, i.e.
  • Page 733 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:TM<ch>:DIRection <Direction> :OUTPut<hw>:TM<ch>:DIRection <Direction> Determines whether the connector is used as an input or an output. Suffix: OUTPut<hw> | 1 | 2 SOURce<hw> Determines the baseband the connectors belong to, where: OUTPut1|SOURce1 = Baseband A/C and OUTPut2|SOURce2 = Baseband B/D TM<ch>...
  • Page 734 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem TM<ch> 1|2|3 Determines the local connector, where: SOURce1:INPut:TM1|2|3 = TMC1/2/3 of Baseband A/C and SOURce2:INPut:TM1|2|3 = TMC4/5/6 of Baseband B/D Parameters: <Signal> TRIGger | CLOCk | FEEDback | DATA CLOCk is available only for TM1...
  • Page 735 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: :SOURce1:INPut:TM2:DIRection OUTPut :OUTPut1:TM2:DIRection? // OUTPut :OUTPut1:TM2:SIGNal MARKA2 Manual operation: "Signal" on page 540 [:SOURce]:INPut:USER<ch>:SIGNal <Signal> Determines the control signal that is input at the selected connector. To define the connector direction, use the command [:SOURce]:INPut:USER<ch>:...
  • Page 736 Generates a short pulse signal and outputs it at the User connector. This signal can serve as a common external trigger signal for triggering of several R&S SMM100A, see Example "Triggering several R&S SMM100A instruments simulta- neously" on page 447.
  • Page 737 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:INPut:USER:CLOCk:LEVel <Level> [:SOURce]:INPut:USER:TRIGger:LEVel <Level> Sets the threshold for any input signal at the User1-3 connectors. Parameters: <Level> float Range: 0.1 to 2 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Example: Example "Global connectors settings configuration" on page 732.
  • Page 738 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Global connectors settings configuration" on page 732. Manual operation: " Clock Input Slope" on page 538 [:SOURce]:INPut:USER:TRIGger:SLOPe <Slope> Sets the polarity of the active slope of an applied instrument trigger.

  • Page 739: Source:bbin Subsystem

    Parameters: <Impedance> G1K | G50 | G10K G10K Provided only for backward compatibility with other R&S signal generators. The R&S SMM100A accepts this value and maps it automati- cally to G1K. *RST: Manual operation: "Impedance Clock/Trigger Input" on page 540 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:TM:CLOCk:SLOPe <Slope>...
  • Page 740 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Required options Example: Applying an external digital baseband signal (Dig I/Q) An external digital signal must be applied at the Dig I/Q connectors. // Use the external signal supplied at the CODER 1 interface.
  • Page 741 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Set the sample rate per channel. SOURce1:BBIN:SRATe:SOURce USER SOURce1:BBIN:CHANnel0:SRATe 500000000 SOURce1:BBIN:SRATe:SUM? // 500000000 SOURce1:BBIN:MPERiod 2 SOURce1:BBIN:ALEVel:EXECute ..................741 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:STATe ................742 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:SOURce ................742 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:INTerface ..................742 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CDEVice? ..............742 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CHANnel<ch0>:BB:STATe ..............743 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CHANnel<ch0>:NAME ............ 743 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CHANnel<ch0>:POWer:CFACtor...
  • Page 742 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:SOURce <DigInpSource> Defines the connector used as an external signal source. Parameters: <DigInpSource> CODER1 *RST: CODER1 Example: Example "Applying an external digital baseband signal (Dig I/Q)" on page 740. Manual operation: "Connector"...
  • Page 743 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <BbinIqHsChanSta> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Applying an external digital baseband signal (HS Dig I/Q)" on page 740. Manual operation: "BB" on page 474 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CHANnel<ch0>:NAME <BbinIqHsChanNam>...
  • Page 744 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CHANnel<ch0>:POWer:RMS <BbinIqHsChPoRms> Queries the estimated RMS level. Parameters: <BbinIqHsChPoRms> float Range: -100 to 10 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example "Applying an external digital baseband signal (HS Dig I/Q)" on page 740. Manual operation: "Level"...
  • Page 745 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem HSDin Enabled for [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:INTerface HSDin. *RST: HSDin Example: Example "Applying an external digital baseband signal (Dig I/Q)" on page 740. Manual operation: "Sample Rate Source" on page 473 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:SRATe:SUM? Queries the sum of the sample rates of all active channels.
  • Page 746 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "DIG IQ Auto Setting" on page 475 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:MPERiod <MPeriod> Sets the recording duration for measuring the baseband input signal by executed SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:ALEVel:EXECute. Parameters: <MPeriod> integer Range: 1 to 32 *RST:...

  • Page 747: Analog Modulation Subsystems

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Peak> float Range: -60 to 3.02 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dBfs Example: Example "Applying an external digital baseband signal (Dig I/Q)" on page 740 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:POWer:RMS? Queries the RMS level of the external digital baseband signal.
  • Page 748 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: SOURce1:AM1:DEPTh 30 SOURce1:AM1:SOURce LF1 SOURce1:AM1:STATe 1 SOURce1:FM1:DEViation 1000 SOURce1:FM1:STATe 1 // disable both modulation SOURce1:MODulation:ALL:STATe 0 SOURce1:AM1:STATe? // 0 SOURce1:FM1:STATe? // 0...
  • Page 749 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Configure the amplitude modulation settings and switch AM on SOURce1:AM1:SOURce LF1 SOURce1:AM1:DEPTh 30 SOURce1:AM:RATio 40 SOURce1:AM1:DEViation:MODe UNC SOURce1:AM1:STATe 1 Example: Using combined LF signals Using the internal LF generators of both paths, the following command sequences con- figure an amplitude modulated signal with determined deviations depths.
  • Page 750 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce1:AM1:SOURce EXT1 SOURce1:AM1:DEPTh 40 // Query the input sensitivity at the external modulation input SOURCe1:AM1:SENSitivity? // Response: // Since the voltage value for full modulation is 1V, // the resulting sensitivity is precisely 50%/V.
  • Page 751 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem NOISe Uses the internally generated noise signal. INTernal Uses the internally generated signal of LF1. EXTernal Uses an external LF signal (EXT1). *RST: LF1 <AM1>; LF2 <AM2> Example: Example "Creating an amplitude modulated RF signal"...
  • Page 752 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem UNCoupled Does not couple the LF signals. The deviation depth values of both paths are independent. TOTal Couples the deviation depth of both paths. RATio Couples the deviation depth ratio of both paths...
  • Page 753 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Reset the instrument to start from a defined state *RST // Set RF frequency and amplitude SOURce1:FREQuency:CW 6000000000 SOURce1:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude -25 // Configure the modulation signal SOURce1:LFOutput1:SHAPe SINE SOURce1:LFOutput1:FREQuency 20000 // Configure the frequency modulation settings and switch FM on...
  • Page 754 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Using an external signal source Alternatively configure the frequency modulation settings with an external modulation signal. // Reset the instrument to start from a defined state *RST // Set RF frequency and amplitude...
  • Page 755 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FM<ch>[:DEViation] <Deviation> Sets the modulation deviation of the frequency modulation in Hz. Suffix: FM<ch> Modulation signal channel Parameters: <Deviation> float The maximum deviation depends on the RF frequency and the selected modulation mode (see data sheet).
  • Page 756 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:MODE <FmDevMode> Selects the coupling mode. The coupling mode parameter also determines the mode for fixing the total deviation. Parameters: <FmDevMode> UNCoupled | TOTal | RATio UNCoupled Does not couple the LF signals.
  • Page 757 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode for the frequency modulation. Parameters: <Mode> NORMal | LNOise NORMal The maximum range for modulation bandwidth and FM deviation is available. LNOise Frequency modulation with phase noise and spurious character- istics close to CW mode.
  • Page 758 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce:FREQuency:CW 4000000000 SOURce:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude -25 // Configure the phase modulation settings SOURce1:LFOutput1:SHAPe SINE SOURce1:LFOutput1:FREQuency 1000 // Select the LF signal generated by the internal modulation generator // or the internally generated noise signal...
  • Page 759 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce1:PM2:DEViation? // Response: // Query the deviation depth of modulation signal in the first path SOURce1:PM1:DEViation? // Response: SOURce1:FM1:STATe 1 SOURce1:FM2:STATe 1 The following commands are available: ..................759 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM<ch>:STATe .................. 759 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM<ch>:SOURce ....................
  • Page 760 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem NOISe Uses the internally generated noise signal. INTernal Uses the internally generated signal of LF1. EXTernal Uses an external LF signal (EXT1). *RST: LF1 <PM1>; LF2 <PM2> Example: Example "Performing phase modulation"...
  • Page 761 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:SUM <PmDevSum> Sets the total deviation of the LF signal when using combined signal sources in phase modulation. Parameters: <PmDevSum> float Range: 0 to 20 Increment: 1E-6 *RST: Example: Example "Using combined LF signals"...
  • Page 762 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Deviation> float The maximal deviation depends on the RF frequency and the selected modulation mode (see data sheet). Range: 0 to max Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: RAD Example: Example "Performing phase modulation"...
  • Page 763 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // select the impedance for the external pulse modulation input/ // for the external pulse modulation trigger input SOURce:PULM:SOURce EXT SOURce:PULM:POLarity NORMal SOURce:PULM:IMPedance G1K SOURce:PULM:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMPedance G10K // Configure the pulse generator settings...
  • Page 764 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRIGger:MODE <Mode> Selects a trigger mode - auto, external, external single or external gated - for generat- ing the modulation signal. Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | EXTernal | EGATe | ESINgle *RST: AUTO Example: Example "Perform pulse modulation"...
  • Page 765 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Perform pulse modulation" on page 762. Manual operation: "Pulse Delay" on page 373 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:DELay <Delay> Sets the delay from the start of the first pulse to the start of the second pulse.
  • Page 766 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce <Source> Selects between the internal (pulse generator) or an external pulse signal for the mod- ulation. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal *RST: INTernal Example: Example "Perform pulse modulation" on page 762.

  • Page 767: Source:bb Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:POLarity <Polarity> Sets the polarity of the externally applied modulation signal. Parameters: <Polarity> NORMal | INVerted NORMal Suppresses the RF signal during the pulse pause. INVerted Suppresses the RF signal during the pulse.
  • Page 768 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem 13.16.4.1 SOURce:BB subsystem general commands The following section describes the commands for setting the frequency shift and the phase offset for the signal at the output of the "Baseband" and "BB Input" blocks.
  • Page 769 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <POffset> float Range: 0 to 359.9 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: SOURce1:BB:POFFset 0.5DEG Manual operation: "Phase Offset" on page 260 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ROUTe <Route> [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:ROUTe <Route> Selects the signal route for the internal/external baseband signal.
  • Page 770 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:POWer:RMS? Queries the RMS level of the baseband signal relative to full scale of 0.5V (in terms of dB full scale). Return values: <Rms> float Range: -145 to 30 Increment: 0.01 *RST:...
  • Page 771 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** *RST; *CLS SOURce:BB:DM:PRESet SOURce:BB:DM:STANDard W3GPp SOURce:BB:DM:SRATe? // 3840000 SOURce:BB:DM:CODing? // WCDMA SOURce:BB:DM:FORMat? // QPSK45 SOURce:BB:DM:STATe ON SOURce:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe "/var/user/ digMod/CustDM3GPP" // ****************************************************************** // Recall settings // ****************************************************************** MMEM:CDIR "/var/user/digMod" SOURce:BB:DM:SETTing:CATalog? // CusDigMod,cdm3gpp, CustDM3GPP SOURce:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete "cdm3gpp"...
  • Page 772 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Adjusting clock, marker and trigger settings The following example lists the provided commands // ****************************************************************** // Clock settings // ****************************************************************** SOURce:BB:DM:CLOCk:SOURce INTernal // ****************************************************************** // Configure and enable standard marker signals...
  • Page 773 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce:BB:DM:PRAMp:ATTenuation 10 SOURce:BB:DM:PRAMp:BBONly:STATe ON SOURce:BB:DM:PRAMp:STATe ON General commands [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STATe <State> Enables/disables digital modulation. Switching on digital modulation turns off all the other digital standards in the same signal path. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...
  • Page 774 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Standard> USER | BLUetooth | DECT | ETC | GSM | GSMEdge | NADC | PDC | PHS | TETRa | W3GPp | TDSCdma | CFORward | CREVerse | WORLdspace | TFTS | APCOPH1C4fm |...
  • Page 775 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Length = (2^Length) - 1 Parameters: <Length> 9 | 11 | 15 | 16 | 20 | 21 | 23 | PN9 | PN11 | PN15 | PN16 | PN20 | PN21 | PN23...
  • Page 776 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard:ULISt:LOAD <Filename> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:LOAD <Filename> Loads the selected file from the default or the specified directory. Loaded are files with extension *.dm respectively *.dm_stu. Refer to Chapter 13.5.2, "Accessing files in the default or in a specified directory",...
  • Page 777 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:SPHase on page 777 Manual operation: "Filter" on page 124 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:APCO25 <Apco25> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:APCO25Lsm:GAUSs <Gauss> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:APCO25Lsm:LOWPass <FiltParm> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:COSine:BANDwidth <Bandwidth> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:COSine[:ROLLoff] <Cosine> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:GAUSs <Gauss> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASs <LPass> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:LPASSEVM <LPassEvm> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:PGAuss <PGauss> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:RCOSine <RCosine> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:SPHase <SPhase>...
  • Page 778 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Filter Parameter" on page 124 [:SOURce<hw>]:DM:FILTer:PARameter <Parameter> Sets the filter parameter of the currently selected filter type. To set the filter type, use command [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE on page 776. Parameters: <Parameter>...
  • Page 779 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Format> ASK | BPSK | P2DBpsk | QPSK | QPSK45 | OQPSk | P4QPsk | P4DQpsk | PSK8 | P8D8psk | P8EDge | QAM16 | QAM32 | QAM64 | QAM256 | QAM1024 | MSK | FSK2 | FSK4 | USER |...
  • Page 780 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Deviation> float The value range depends on the symbol rate. Range: 1 to 40E6 Increment: 0.5 *RST: 135416.5 Example: SOURce:BB:DM:FORMat FSK4 SOURce:BB:DM:FSK:DEViation 1MHZ Manual operation: "FSK Deviation" on page 122 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:SYMBol<ch0>:DEViation <Deviation>...
  • Page 781 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: SOURce1:BB:DM:FORMat APSK16 SOURce1:BB:DM:APSK16:GAMMa G9D10 Manual operation: "Gamma/Gamma 1" on page 123 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:APSK32:GAMMa <Gamma> Sets the gamma function γ for the 32APSK modulation. Parameters: <Gamma> G3D4 | G4D5 | G5D6 | G8D9 | G9D10...
  • Page 782 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Ramp Function" on page 127 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:TIME <Time> Sets the power ramping rise time and fall time for a burst. Parameters: <Time> float Range: 0.25 to 16 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: symbol Example: Example "Enable power ramping"...
  • Page 783 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:BBONly[:STATe] <State> Enables power ramping in the baseband only or mixed power ramping in the baseband and the RF section. The ON setting is mandatory if, with power ramping active, only the baseband signal is output (I/Q outputs).
  • Page 784 ● OBASeband|BEXTernal|EXTernal: Setting only Provided only for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal gener- ators. The R&S SMM100A accepts these values and maps them automatically as follows: EXTernal = EGT1, BEXTernal = EGT2, OBASeband = INTA Parameters: <Source>...
  • Page 785 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Output> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Adjusting clock, marker and trigger settings" on page 772 Manual operation: "Sync. Output to External Trigger/Sync. Output to Trigger" on page 111 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute...
  • Page 786 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to depends on the symbol rate Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: symbol Example: Example "Adjusting clock, marker and trigger settings" on page 772. Manual operation: "(Specified) External Delay/(Specified) Trigger Delay"...
  • Page 787 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:INHibit <Inhibit> Specifies the number of symbols, by which a restart is inhibited. Maximum trigger delay and trigger inhibit values depend on the installed options. See "Specifying delay and inhibit values" on page 101.
  • Page 788 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern <Pattern>, <BitCount> Defines the bit pattern used to generate the marker signal. Parameters: <Pattern> numeric *RST: <BitCount> integer 0 = marker off, 1 = marker on Range: 1 to 64 *RST: Example: Example "Adjusting clock, marker and trigger settings"...
  • Page 789 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to 16777215 Increment: 1 *RST: Example: Example "Adjusting clock, marker and trigger settings" on page 772. Manual operation: "Marker x Delay" on page 113 Clock settings [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:SOURce <Source>...
  • Page 790 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <Catalog> "<filename1>,<filename2>,..." Returns a string of file names separated by commas. Example: Example "Performing general tasks" on page 770. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Data Source" on page 119 "Select Data List"...
  • Page 791 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Refer to Chapter 13.5.2, "Accessing files in the default or in a specified directory", on page 662 for general information on file handling in the default and a specific direc- tory. List type...
  • Page 792 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: SOURce:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect "c_list" SOURce:BB:DM:CLISt:POINts? // 20 // the control list consists of 20 lines Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:POINts <Points> Defines the number of bits in the selected data list to be utilized. When a list is being filled with block data, this data is only ever sent in multiples of 8 bits.
  • Page 793 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem The source file has to be available in the default directory (see :MMEMory: CDIRectory) . Refer to Chapter 13.5.2, "Accessing files in the default or in a specified directory", on page 662 for general information on file handling in the default and a specific direc- tory.
  • Page 794 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem *RST has no effect on data lists. Setting parameters: <Data> string Example: :MMEMory:CDIrectory "/var/user/clists" :SOURce1:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect "clist_marker3" :SOURce1:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA 0,0,0,0,4,4,4,0,0,0,0... // Enters the control values in the selected list. // In the example, only ramps for Marker 3 are set.
  • Page 795 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend <Bits> Appends the bit data onto the end of the existing data in the selected data list. Existing content in the data list is not overwritten. Hence, you can create long data lists piece- meal.
  • Page 796 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ● Trigger commands....................836 ● Marker commands....................840 ● Clock commands....................843 Programming examples Example: Creating test signals The following example lists commands necessary to configure the different test sig- nals. // ******************************************************************...
  • Page 797 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem MMEM:CDIR "/var/user/ARBtestSigs" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog? // sineTest,rectTest,ciqTestSignal,waveformTest,test2 SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog:LENGth? // 5 // SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:FREE? // ****************************************************************** // Select a waveform and querry information // ****************************************************************** // SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DELete "/var/user/ARBtestSigs/test2" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:SELect "/var/user/ARBtestSigs/wvTest" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:POINts? // 100 SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:TAG? "TYPE" // "SMU-WV"...
  • Page 798 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Configure and enable signal triggering; start ARB generator // ****************************************************************** SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SEQuence SINGle SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SLENgth 200 // the first 200 samples of the current waveform will be output after // the next trigger event...
  • Page 799 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Set the default directory and list the available waveform files // ****************************************************************** MMEM:CDIR "/var/user/ARB/multi_segment" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog:LENGth? // 4 SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog? // Seg_0, Seg_1, Seg_2, Seg_3 // ****************************************************************** // List the available configuration files and select/create file...
  • Page 800 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // the first segment is output deppending on the trigger settings // ****************************************************************** // SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CREate "/var/user/ARB/multi_segment/config.inf_mswv" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CLOad "/var/user/ARB/multi_segment/config.inf_mswv" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SEQuence AAUTo SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SOURce INTernal SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:STAT ON SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:EXEC Example: Configuring the output order of the segments The following example lists the commands necessary to trigger the output of the seg- ments in desired playback order.
  • Page 801 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Trigger a switch over to the next segment // ****************************************************************** SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT 3 // stops Seg_0 and starts immediatly Seg_3; Seg_3 is output continuously SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:EXECute //restarts Seg_3 SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT 2 SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT 0 // ****************************************************************** // Scrolling trough the segments, i.e.
  • Page 802 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:SELect "play_list" SOURce:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:APPend ON,0,1,NEXT // adds the segment number 0 as a new (first) segment in the sequencing list // this segment is activ and will be repeated once followed by the next segment...
  • Page 803 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Load a standardized 3GPP downlink test model, e.g. "Test Model 1 16 Channels" SOURce1:BB:W3GPp:SETTing:TMODel:BSTation "Test_Model_1_16channels"' // Confirm that the standardized 3GPP downlink test model is currently selected SOURce1:BB:W3GPp:SETTing:TMODel:BSTation? // "Test_Model_1_16channels"...
  • Page 804 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem MMEM:CDIR "/var/user/waveform" SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:CATalog? // mcar1, mcar2 // the directory contains the settings files mcar1.arb_multcarr and mcar2.arb_multcarr SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe "3gpp_mc" Example: Generating AWGN test signal SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:SIGNal:TYPE AWGN SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:AWGN:SAMPles 10000000 SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:AWGN:CREate SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:STATe 1 Example: Creating notch filter...
  • Page 805 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:STATe <State> Enables the ARB generator. A waveform must be selected before the ARB generator is activated. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: "Programming examples" on page 796 Manual operation: "State"...
  • Page 806 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:SIGNal:TYPE <ArbSignalType> Selects the type of test signal. Parameters: <ArbSignalType> SINE | RECT | CIQ *RST: SINE Example: Example "Creating test signals" on page 796. Manual operation: "Test Signal Form" on page 156 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:I <I>...
  • Page 807 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Creating test signals" on page 796. Manual operation: "Frequency" on page 159 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:OFFSet <Offset> Sets the DC component. Parameters: <Offset> float Range: -1 to 1 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: FS Example: Example "Creating test signals"...
  • Page 808 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Phase> float Range: -180 to 180 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: Example "Creating test signals" on page 796 Manual operation: "Phase Offset Q" on page 158 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:SAMPles <Samples> Sets the sample rate for the sine signal in samples per period.
  • Page 809 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Generate Signal RAM" on page 158 "Generate Signal RAM" on page 159 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:AWGN:SAMPles <ParAwgnSamp> Sets the number of samples generated for the AWGN waveform. Parameters: <ParAwgnSamp> integer Range: 1E6 to 1E9...
  • Page 810 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog? Reads out the files extension *.wv in the default directory. Return values: <Catalog> string Returns a list of the file names separated by commas Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796...
  • Page 811 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:FREE? Queries the free disk space on the default path of the instrument's hard disk. Return values: <Free> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796...
  • Page 812 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem <Digits> Decimal value Gives the number of decimal digits used for the <Length> value <Length> Decimal value Number of bytes the follow in the <Binary data> part <Binary data> Binary data in ASCII format Query parameters: <Tag>...
  • Page 813 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Clock Frequency" on page 155 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CLOCk <Filename>, <Clock> Appends information on the ARB clock rate to specified waveform file. The file must contain I/Q and/or marker data and have been created with the command :MMEMory: on page 668.
  • Page 814 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <WSegment> integer Range: 0 to 1023 *RST: Example: Example "Configuring the output order of the segments" on page 800 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Current Segment/Current Segment Index" on page 219 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NAME?
  • Page 815 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT:SOURce <Source> Selects the next segment source. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | NSEGM1 | INTernal | NSEGM1 *RST: INTernal Example: Example "Configuring the output order of the segments" on page 800. Manual operation: "Next Segment Source"...
  • Page 816 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:APPend <State>, <Segment>, <Count>, <Next> Appends a new segment to the selected sequencing play list. Setting parameters: <State> ON | OFF Activates/deactivates the appended segment *RST: <Segment> integer Indicates the number of the segment as in the multi-segment...
  • Page 817 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem The ARB generator is activated, the new multi-segment waveform (*.wv) is loaded and the first segment is output in accordance to the trigger settings. Setting parameters: <FilenameInput> string Complete file path, file name of the configuration file and file extension (*.inf_mswv)
  • Page 818 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <SMode> SAME | NEXT | SEQuencer | NSEam NSEam = Next Segment Seamless *RST: NEXT Example: Example "Configuring the output order of the segments" on page 800. Manual operation: "Next Segment Mode"...
  • Page 819 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CATalog? Queries the available configuration files in the default directory. See also Chap- ter 4.9.2.3, "File concept", on page 202. Return values: <Catalog> string Example: Example "Creating a multi-segment waveform" on page 798...
  • Page 820 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Level" on page 212 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:COMMent <Comment> Enters a comment for the selected configuration file. Parameters: <Comment> string Example: Example "Creating a multi-segment waveform" on page 798 Manual operation: "Comment" on page 208 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:DELete <Filename>...
  • Page 821 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SELect <Filename> Selects a configuration file from the default directory. If a configuration file with the specified name does not yet exist, it is created. The file extension *.inf_mswv may be omitted.
  • Page 822 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ........829 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:CONFlict? .......... 829 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STATe .......... 830 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STARt .......... 830 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STOP ....... 830 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP ......830 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt] ....... 831 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe:STEP ......831 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe[:STARt] ........ 831 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay:STEP ......832 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay[:STARt] ..........832 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:FILE ........832 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute...
  • Page 823 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe <Filename> Stores the current settings into the selected file; the file extension (*.arb_multcarr) is assigned automatically. Setting parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path Example: Example "Generating a multi carrier signal"...
  • Page 824 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Spacing> float Range: 0.0 to depends on the installed options, e.g. 120E6 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Hz Example: Example "Generating a multi carrier signal" on page 802 Manual operation: "Carrier Spacing"...
  • Page 825 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Mode> OFF | MIN | MAX *RST: Example: SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CFACtor:MODE OFF Switches off automatic crest factor optimization. Manual operation: "Crest Factor Mode" on page 236 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CFACtor <CFactor> Sets the value of the desired crest factor, if baseband clipping is enabled.
  • Page 826 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:STATe ON SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CFACtor 37 SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CUToff 50 Manual operation: "Clipping" on page 236 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:TIME:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode for calculating the resulting signal period of the multi-carrier wave- form. The resulting period is always calculated for all carriers in the carrier table irre- spective of their state (ON/OFF).
  • Page 827 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Use the command to define [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:OFILe the multi-carrier waveform file name. The file extension is *.wv. Example: Example "Generating a multi carrier signal" on page 802 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Create/Create and Load"...
  • Page 828 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets or indicates the carrier frequency, depending on the selected carrier frequency mode. Parameters: <Frequency> integer Range: depends on the installed options *RST: Example: SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:MODE ARB SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier1: FREQuency 5.0 Sets 5.0 MHz carrier frequency.
  • Page 829 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:DELay <Delay> Sets the start delay of the selected carrier. Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to 1 Increment: 1E-9 *RST: Default unit: s Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR15:DEL 5us sets a start delay of 50 us for carrier 15.
  • Page 830 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Carrier State" on page 243 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STARt <Start> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STOP <Stop> Selects the last carrier in the carrier range to which the settings shall apply. Parameters: <Stop> integer Range: 0 to 511...
  • Page 831 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Gain Start" on page 243 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe:STEP <Step> Sets the step width by which the start phases of the carriers in the defined carrier range is incremented. Parameters: <Step> float Range: -359.99 to 359.99...
  • Page 832 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:DEL 5 us Sets a start delay of 5 us for the carriers in the carrier range. BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:DEL:STEP 1 us The start delay is incremented by 1us for each carrier. That is, the first carrier has a start delay of 5 us, the second a start delay of 6 us, and so on.
  • Page 833 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Notch filter commands Option: R&S SMM-K811. See also Chapter 4.7.1, "Required options", on page 194................. 833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:EUTRa:NOTCh ................. 833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:OFDM:NOTCh ................833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:NOTCh ..............833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:EUTRa:NOTCh:CLOCk? ..............833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:OFDM:NOTCh:CLOCk? ..............833 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:NOTCh:CLOCk? ..............834...
  • Page 834 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <ChBw> integer Range: 400 to 2000E6 *RST: Example: Example "Creating notch filter" on page 804. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Clock Frequency" on page 196 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:EUTRa:NOTCh:COUNt <NumOfNotch> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:OFDM:NOTCh:COUNt <NumOfNotch> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:NOTCh:COUNt <IdPDbNotchedNum>...
  • Page 835 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Frequency Offset /MHz" on page 197 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:EUTRa:NOTCh<ch>:BWIDth[:ABSolute] <BwHz> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:OFDM:NOTCh<ch>:BWIDth[:ABSolute] <BwHz> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:NOTCh<ch>:BWIDth[:ABSolute] <NoBw> Sets the absolute notch bandwidth. The value is interdependent with the relative bandwidth value, set with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:NOTCh<ch>:BWIDth:RELative.
  • Page 836 OBASeband|BEXTernal|EXTernal: Setting only Provided only for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal gener- ators. The R&S SMM100A accepts these values and maps them automatically as follows: EXTernal = EGT1, BEXTernal = EGT2, OBASeband = INTA User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 837 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal|EGT1|EGT2|EGC1|EGC2|EXTernal|BBSY *RST: INTernal Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796 Manual operation: "Source" on page 110 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:RMODe? Queries the status of waveform output. Return values: <RMode> STOP | RUN Example: Example "Managing waveform files"...
  • Page 838 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Arm" on page 110 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:EXECute Executes an internal trigger event. Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Trigger"...
  • Page 839 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Specifying delay and inhibit values in time units" on page 798 Manual operation: "(External) Delay Unit" on page 111 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:DELay <Delay> Specifies the trigger delay in samples. Maximum trigger delay and trigger inhibit values depend on the installed options. See "Specifying delay and inhibit values"...
  • Page 840 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <ResTimeDelaySec> float Range: 0 to 688 Increment: 0.25E-9 *RST: Example: Example "Specifying delay and inhibit values in time units" on page 798 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Actual Trigger Delay/Actual External Delay"...
  • Page 841 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Mode> UNCHanged | RESTart | PULSe | PATTern | RATio UNCHanged A marker signal as defined in the waveform file (tag 'marker mode x') is generated. *RST: UNCHanged Example: Example "Managing waveform files"...
  • Page 842 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Divider> integer Range: 2 to 1024 *RST: Example: Example "Managing waveform files" on page 796 Manual operation: "Marker Mode" on page 161 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? Queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal. The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider.
  • Page 843 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Delay (Time)" on page 161 Clock commands [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SOURce <Source> Selects the clock source: ● INTernal: Internal clock reference ● ELCLock: External local clock ● EXTernal = ELCLock: Setting only Provided for backward compatibility with other Rohde &...
  • Page 844 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Configuring and enabling the multi-carrier signal // ****************************************************************** SOURce:BB:MCCW:CARRier:COUNt 81 SOURce:BB:MCCW:CARRier:SPACing 1E6 // Set the number of carriers and their distance // Further settings stay in default state (for example trigger settings)
  • Page 845 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Set the carriers no. 40 to 80 to "OFF" SOURce:BB:MCCW:STATe ON // Enable signal generation OUTPut ON // Enable signal output Generating a composed multi-carrier signal // ****************************************************************** // Reset the instrument first // ****************************************************************** *RST;...
  • Page 846 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STARt 41 SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STOP 61 SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STATe ON SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STARt 0 SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP -0.5 SOURce:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute // Activates the carriers no. 41 to 61 // Decrease the power in 0.5dB steps starting with a power level of 0dB...
  • Page 847 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // SOURce:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:DELay 200 // SOURce:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:INHibit 100 // ****************************************************************** // Applying the settings and enabling signal generation // ****************************************************************** *TRG SOURce:BB:MCCW:STATe ON // Stop the internal trigger manually SOURce:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute // Execute manual internal trigger, i.e. restarting signal generation...
  • Page 848 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:STATe <State> Enables/disables the multi carrier CW signal. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "State" on page 249 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:COUNt <Count>...
  • Page 849 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Clock Frequency" on page 250 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CFACtor:MODE <Mode> Sets the mode by which automatic settings minimize the crest factor or hold it at a chosen value.
  • Page 850 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <CarrierIndex> integer Range: 0 to lastCarrier <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "Carrier Table" on page 253 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:STATe <Stat0[,Stat1..]>] [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:STATe? <Start>, <Count>...
  • Page 851 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem <Phase> float Range: 0 to 359.99 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "Carrier Table" on page 253 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:PHASe <Phas0[,Phas1..]>] [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:PHASe? [<Start>[, <Count>]] Sets the start phase of the carrier with the aid of a value list.
  • Page 852 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "Carrier Table" on page 253 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:POWer <Pow0[,Pow1..]>] [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:POWer? <Start>, <Count> Sets the power of the carrier with the aid of a value list. Setting parameters: <Pow0[,Pow1..]>...
  • Page 853 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Step> float Range: -359.99 to 359.99 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "Phase Step" on page 253 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP <Step> Sets the step width by which the starting power of the carriers in the defined carrier range is incremented.
  • Page 854 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute Adopts the settings for the carrier range. Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Accept" on page 253 Trigger settings ............854 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute ..............854 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXECute ........854 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut ..............855 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:RMODe? ..............
  • Page 855 ● OBASeband|BEXTernal|EXTernal: Setting only Provided only for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal gener- ators. The R&S SMM100A accepts these values and maps them automatically as follows: EXTernal = EGT1, BEXTernal = EGT2, OBASeband = INTA Parameters: <Source>...
  • Page 856 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:DELay <Delay> Specifies the trigger delay in samples. Maximum trigger delay and trigger inhibit values depend on the installed options. See "Specifying delay and inhibit values" on page 101. Parameters: <Delay> float...
  • Page 857 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Marker settings ..........857 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE ..........857 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime ..........857 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime ..........857 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern ........858 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider ......858 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? ..........858 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE <Mode> Defines the signal for the selected marker output. For detailed description of the regu- lar marker modes, refer to "Marker modes"...
  • Page 858 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider <Divider> Sets the divider for pulse marker mode. Parameters: <Divider> integer Range: 2 to 1024 *RST: Example: "Programming examples" on page 843 Manual operation: "Marker Mode" on page 113 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? Queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal.
  • Page 859 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Provided for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal generators Parameters: <Source> INTernal *RST: INTernal Example: "Programming examples" on page 843. Manual operation: "Clock Source" on page 114 13.16.4.5 SOURce:AWGN subsystem The SOURce:AWGN subsystem contains the commands for setting the noise generator.
  • Page 860 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce1:AWGN:CNRatio 10 SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:CARRier -80 // the Level display indicates the PEP of the carrier // SOURce1:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPlitude? // Response: -80 // Querry the power of the interfering signal SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:NOISe? // Response: -90 SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:SUM? // Response: -79.5860731484178...
  • Page 861 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Response: -88.7 SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:NOISe:TOTal? // Response: -88.7 // Querry the carrier+noise power and PEP SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:SUM? // Response: -75.7728170942726 SOURce1:AWGN:POWer:SUM:PEP? // Response: -76 General commands ..................861 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:STATe ..................861 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:MODE ..................862 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth ................
  • Page 862 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ONLY The pure AWGN noise signal is modulated to the carrier. The connection to the baseband is interrupted The sine interfering signal is added to the baseband signal. *RST: Example: Example "Generating an additive noise signal"...
  • Page 863 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Generating an additive noise signal" on page 860. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Noise Bandwidth" on page 273 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:MODE <Mode> Sets the output to that the AWGN settings are related.
  • Page 864 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <BRate> float Range: 400 to depends on the installed options Increment: 0.001 *RST: 100000 Example: Example "Generating an additive noise signal" on page 860 Manual operation: "Bit Rate" on page 270 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:CNRatio <CnRatio>...
  • Page 865 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe <Noise> Sets the power of the noise signal in the system respectively total bandwidth. Parameters: <Noise> float Increment: 0.01 Example: Example "Generating an additive noise signal" on page 860 Manual operation: "Noise Power (System Bandwidth), Interferer Power"...
  • Page 866 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <Pep> float Range: -145 to 20 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example "Generating an additive noise signal" on page 860 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Carrier + Noise PEP, Signal + Noise PEP (Total Band- width), Carrier + Interferer PEP, Signal + Interferer PEP"...
  • Page 867 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Resulting CW Frequency Offset" on page 273 13.16.4.6 SOURce:BB:IMPairment subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for the analog and digital I/Q impairments. Suffixes The following suffixes are used:...
  • Page 868 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ............871 [:SOURce]:BB:IMPairment:IQOutput<ch>:POFFset ..............871 [:SOURce]:BB:IMPairment:RF<ch>:POFFset ............871 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:OPTimization:MODE [:SOURce]:BB:IMPairment:BBMM<ch>:DELay <Delay> [:SOURce]:BB:IMPairment:IQOutput<ch>:DELay <Delay> [:SOURce]:BB:IMPairment:RF<ch>:DELay <Delay> Defines the time delay of both I and Q vectors between the marker signal at the marker outputs relative to the signal generation start.
  • Page 869 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <IqRatio> float The setting value can be either in dB or %. An input in percent is rounded to the closest valid value in dB. Range: -4 to 4 Increment: 1E-4...
  • Page 870 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Table 13-4: Value range Impairments Min [dB] Max [dB] Resolution Digital 0.01 Analog 0.01 Parameters: <Angle> float Range: -30 to 30 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: SOURce:BB:IMPairment:RF1:QUADrature:ANGLe -5 Sets the quadrature offset to -5 degrees.
  • Page 871 282 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:OPTimization:MODE <Mode> Sets the optimization mode. Option: R&S SMM100A-K544: the value selected here is used also as optimization mode for the user-defined frequency response corrections, and vice versa. See user manual R&S SMM-K544 User-Defined Frequency Response Correction.
  • Page 872 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Required options Chapter 8.1.1, "Required options", on page 421................872 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:MODE ..............872 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:MODE ..............872 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:USER ..................873 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:CLOSe ..................873 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:ADD .................. 873 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:SOURce ................... 874 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:FFTLen ................874 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:FFTFscale .............874...
  • Page 873 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <User> float Range: 0.01 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: BB:GRAP:SRAT:USER 20 sets the sample rate factor. Example: BB:GRAP:SRAT:MODE USER sets the sample rate mode. Manual operation: "Sample Rate"...
  • Page 874 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem RF signal IQO1 Analog I/Q output signal *RST: STRA Manual operation: "Source" on page 430 [:SOURce]:BB:GRAPhics:FFTLen <Mode> Sets the FFT size. Parameters: <Mode> LEN256 | LEN512 | LEN1024 | LEN2048 | LEN4096...

  • Page 875: Source:correction Subsystem

    13.16.4.8 SOURce:BB:PROGress subsystem general commands In the R&S SMM100A, some calculation processes take longer time. While operating the instrument manually, you can observe the status of an initiated process by the busy indicator. The following commands fulfill the same task in the remote control operation.
  • Page 876 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Refer to Chapter 13.5.2, "Accessing files in the default or in a specified directory", on page 662 for general information on file handling in the default and in a specific directory. Programming example The examples in this section assume that: ●...
  • Page 877 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Fill user correction data with sensor The following example shows a command sequence to fill a user correction list auto- matically supported by a connected R&S NRP. // Fill a user correction list with the level values // measured by an R&S NRP,...
  • Page 878 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Query the available ASCII files with extension .csv SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? // ucor2ASCII,my_ucor // Import a user correction ASCII file SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:MODE IMPort SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILE:SELect "/var/user/my_ucor" SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:EXECute ● Correction settings....................878 ● Correction data exchange..................881 ●...
  • Page 879 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to 10000 *RST: Example: Example "Create a table with user-defined correction values for the RF level" on page 876 . Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA[:SENSor<ch>][:POWer]:SONCe Fills the selected user correction table with the level values measured by the power sensor for the given frequencies.
  • Page 880 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe <State> Activates the zeroing procedure before filling the user correction data acquired by a sensor. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Fill user correction data with sensor"...
  • Page 881 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "UCOR Data" on page 398 "Directory, File List and Filename" on page 495 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:DELete <Filename> Deletes the specified user correction list file. Setting parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path; file extension is optional.
  • Page 882 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect <Filename> Selects the ASCII file to be imported or exported. Parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path; file extension can be omitted. Example: Example "User correction data exchange" on page 877 .
  • Page 883 351 13.16.5.3 Frequency response commands This section lists the frequency response commands related to the I/Q modulator. Using user-defined frequency response correction requires option R&S SMM100A- K544. See user manual R&S SMM-K544 User-Defined Frequency Response Correction. Example: Enabling high-quality optimization...
  • Page 884 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem For details, see R&S SMM100A User Manual. Parameters: <FreqRespOptMode> FAST | QHIGh FAST Optimization by compensation for I/Q skew. QHIGh Optimization by compensation for I/Q skew and frequency response correction. This mode interrupts the RF signal. Do not use it in combination with the uninterrupted level settings and strictly monotone modes RF level modes.

  • Page 885: Source:frequency Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:FRESponse:RF:OPTimization:HOLD[:STATe] <FreqRespHoldSta> [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:FRESponse:RF:OPTimization:MODE QHIG|QHT, retains the last calculated correction values as long as one of the following is performed: ● SOURce1:CORRection:FRESponse:RF:OPTimization:HOLD:STATe 0 ● [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:FRESponse:RF:OPTimization:LOCal Parameters: <FreqRespHoldSta> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...
  • Page 886 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Set up of LO coupling and LO level adjustment with three Rohde & Schwarz signal generators This example shows the command sequences for coupling the oscillator signal of three signal generators connected according to the setup on Figure 13-1.
  • Page 887 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // ****************************************************************** // If the attenuation between the interconnection LO OUT and LO IN is // greater than 1 dB at the oscillator frequency, // we recommend that you perform the LO level adjustment...
  • Page 888 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Mandatory LO IN Frequency" on page 308 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode of the local oscillator coupling. Parameters: <Mode> INTernal | EXTernal *RST: INTernal Example: Example "Set up of LO coupling and LO level adjustment with three Rohde &...
  • Page 889 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE <Mode> Sets the frequency mode for generating the RF output signal. The selected mode determines the parameters to be used for further frequency settings. Parameters: <Mode> CW | FIXed | SWEep | LIST CW|FIXed Sets the fixed frequency mode.
  • Page 890 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ● In user mode (FREQ:STEP:MODE USER), you can vary the current frequency step by step. Parameters: <Fixed> float The following settings influence the value range: An offset set with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:...
  • Page 891 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MANual <Manual> Sets the frequency and triggers a sweep step manually if SWEep:MODE MAN. Parameters: <Manual> float You can select any frequency within the setting range, where: STARt is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STARt STOP is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP...
  • Page 892 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem "RF frequency and level display with a downstream instrument" on page 296. Note: The offset also affects RF frequency sweep. Parameters: <Offset> float Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example "Frequency configuration" on page 885 Manual operation: "Offset"...
  • Page 893 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Range: 300kHz to RFmax Increment: 0.01Hz *RST: 100 MHz Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950 Manual operation: "Start Frequency/Stop Frequency" on page 341 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP <Stop>...

  • Page 894: Source:input Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement] <Increment> Sets the step width. You can use this value to vary the RF frequency with command FREQ UP or FREQ DOWN, if you have activated FREQ:STEP:MODE USER. Note: This value also applies to the step width of the rotary knob on the instrument and, in user-defined step mode, increases or decreases the frequency.

  • Page 895: Source:iq Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:MODext:IMPedance<ch> <Impedance> Sets the impedance (50 kOhm or High = 100 kOhm to ground) for the externally sup- plied modulation signal. Parameters: <Impedance> G50 | HIGH *RST: HIGH Example: INP:MOD:IMP 50 sets 50 kOhm to ground.
  • Page 896 DBM3|DB3 (setting only) Provided only for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal generators. The R&S SMM100A accepts these values and maps them auto- matically as follows: DBM3 = DBM2, DB3 = DB2 AUTO The gain value is retrieved form the connected R&S SZU. The I/Q modulator is configured automatically.
  • Page 897 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem *RST: SOURce1:BB:IQGain DB2 Example: SOURce1:IQGain DB2 Manual operation: "Baseband Gain" on page 288 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:CREStfactor <CrestFactor> Specifies the crest factor for the external analog signal. Parameters: <CrestFactor> float Range: 0 to 35 Increment: 0.01...

  • Page 898: Source:iq:output Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem 13.16.9 SOURce:IQ:OUTPut subsystem The SOURce:IQ:OUTPut subsystem contains the commands for configuring analog and digital I/Q output signals. For information about the required options, see: ● Chapter 9.6, "I/Q analog output settings", on page 476 For information on the analog and digital IQ connectors and interfaces, see: Chapter 9.3.4, "Overview of the input and output signals and...
  • Page 899 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem The following functions cannot be activated simultaneously. They deactivate each other. ● The internal baseband generator ([:SOURce<hw>]:BB:<DigStd>:STATe) and the external digital baseband input ([:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:STATe) Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...
  • Page 900 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall" on page 479 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:SETTing:LOAD <Filename> Loads the selected file from the default or the specified directory. Loaded are files with extension *.iqout. Setting parameters: <Filename> "<filename>" Filename or complete file path...
  • Page 901 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Mode" on page 480 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:LEVel <Level> Sets the off-load voltage Vp of the analog I/Q signal output. The value range is adjusted so that the maximum overall output voltage does not exceed 4V, see "Maximum overall output voltage"...

  • Page 902: Source:lfoutput Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:I <I> [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:Q <Q> Sets an offset V between the inverting and non-inverting input of the differential offset analog I/Q output signal. The value range is adjusted so that the maximum overall output voltage does not exceed 4V, see "Maximum overall output voltage"...
  • Page 903 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem SOURce1:LFOutput:SWEep:FREQuency:RETRace 1 // Activate the LF frequency sweep SOURce1:LFOutput:FREQuency:MODE SWE // Trigger the sweep(depending on the set mode) and query the status // Perform a one-off LF sweep SOURce1:LFOutput1:SWEep:FREQuency:EXECute SOURce1:LFOutput1:SWEep:FREQuency:RUNNing? // 1...
  • Page 904 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:PULSe:PERiod 0.1 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRIangle:RISE 0.0001 // activate the LF output and select the LF1 as signal source // configure the LF output signal SOURce1:LFOutput1:FREQuency:MODE CW SOURce1:LFOutput1:STATe 1 SOURce1:LFOutput1:SOURce LF1 SOURce1:LFOutput1:INTernal:VOLTage 1 SOURce1:LFOutput1:OFFSet 0.001...
  • Page 905 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: LFO:BAND? // BW10m // the bandwidth of the externally supplied LF signal is 10 MHz Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Bandwidth" on page 379 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets the frequency of the LF signal in [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:...
  • Page 906 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Manual> float You can select any value within the setting range, where: STARt is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency: STARt STOP is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency: STOP Range: STARt to STOP Increment: 0.1 *RST:...
  • Page 907 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>[:STATe] <State> Activates LF signal output. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example "Configuring the LF generator" on page 903. Manual operation: "State" on page 381 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:OFFSet <Offset>...
  • Page 908 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Voltage> float Range: dynamic (see data sheet) Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Example: SOURce:LFOutput1:VOLTage 1.5 Manual operation: "Output Voltage" on page 382 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe <Shape> Selects the waveform shape of the LF signal.
  • Page 909 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Period" on page 377 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:WIDTh <Width> Sets the pulse width of the generated pulse. Parameters: <Width> float Range: 1E-6 to 100 Increment: 1E-8 *RST: 5E-4 Example: Example "Configuring the LF generator"...
  • Page 910 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Period> float Range: 1E-6 to 100 Increment: 1E-8 *RST: 1E-3 Example: Example "Configuring the LF generator" on page 903. Manual operation: "Period" on page 377 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:RISE <Rise> Selects the rise time for the trapezoid shape of the LF generator.
  • Page 911 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem 13.16.10.2 LF sweep settings With the commands described in this section, you can configure the sweep of the LF signal.............911 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl ..........911 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute ............911 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE ...........912 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts ..........912 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RETRace ..........913...
  • Page 912 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem AUTO Performs a complete sweep cycle from the start to the end value when a trigger event occurs. The dwell time determines the time period until the signal switches to the next step.
  • Page 913 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Retrace" on page 339 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing? Queries the current status of the LF frequency sweep mode. Return values: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Example: Example "Setup an LF sweep"...

  • Page 914: Source:list Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Setup an LF sweep" on page 902. Manual operation: "Step Linear/Step Logarithmic" on page 342 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear] <Linear> Sets the step width for the linear sweep. For information on how the value is calculated and the interdependency with other parameters, see Chapter 7.10.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep...
  • Page 915 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // existing data is overwritten // Query the number of frequency/power/dwell time entries in the selected list // Query the amount of free memory (in bytes) for list mode lists SOUR1:LIST:FREQ 58 MHz, 61 MHz, 73 MHz, 86 MHz, 91 MHz, 92 MHz, 98 MHz...
  • Page 916 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Activate RF Output1 OUTP1:STAT 1 // Activate the list mode SOUR1:FREQ:MODE LIST // For each step: select frequency/powerlevel pair as index from the list SOUR1:LIST:IND 2 SOUR1:LIST:IND 3 SOUR1:LIST:IND 4 // Use the selected list for path B (with List Mode B default settings) SOUR2:LIST:SEL "/var/user/list1.lsw"...
  • Page 917 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Deactivate the list mode SOUR1:FREQ:MODE CW ● List mode settings....................917 ● List mode file operation..................923 ● List mode data exchange..................925 13.16.11.1 List mode settings With the following commands, you can create list mode data, select the trigger mode and determine the dwell time.
  • Page 918 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:MODE <DwelMode> Selects the dwell time mode. Parameters: <DwelMode> LIST | GLOBal LIST Uses the dwell time, specified in the data table for each value pair individually. GLOBal Uses a constant dwell time, set with command SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl.
  • Page 919 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency <Frequency> Enters the frequency values in the selected list. Parameters: <Frequency> <Frequency#1>{, <Frequency#2>, ...} | block data You can either enter the data as a list of numbers, or as binary block data.
  • Page 920 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STARt <Start> [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STOP <Stop> Sets the start and stop index of the index range which defines a subgroup of fre- quency/level value pairs in the current list. Parameters: <Stop> integer Index range...
  • Page 921 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:MODE <Mode> Sets the list mode. The instrument processes the list according to the selected mode and trigger source. for the description of the trigger LIST:TRIG:SOUR AUTO, SING or EXT source settings.
  • Page 922 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: Example "Create an RF list and activate the list mode" on page 914. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:EXECute Starts the processing of a list in list mode.
  • Page 923 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Create an RF list and activate the list mode" on page 914. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 346 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RUNNing? Queries the current state of the list mode. Return values: <State>...
  • Page 924 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: on page 924. [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "List Mode Data" on page 349 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL Deletes all lists in the set directory. This command can only be executed, if: ●...
  • Page 925 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Create an RF list and activate the list mode" on page 914. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Reset" on page 348 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect <Filename> Selects or creates a data list in list mode.
  • Page 926 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:EXECute Executes the import or export of the selected list file, according to the previously set transfer direction with command [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE Example: Example "List mode data exchange" on page 916. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Import / Export"...

  • Page 927: Source:noise Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Decimal> DOT | COMMa *RST: Example: Example "List mode data exchange" on page 916. Manual operation: "ASCII File Settings" on page 350 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE <Mode> Determines the import or export of a list.
  • Page 928 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Configuring the noise generator SOURce1:NOISe:DISTribution GAUSs SOURce1:NOISe:BANDwidth 10000000 SOURce1:NOISe:BANDwidth:STATe 1 SOURce1:LFOutput1:SOURce NOIS SOURce1:LFOutput1:STATe 1 SOURce1:NOISe:LEVel:RELative? // -83.86 SOURce1:NOISe:LEVel:ABSolute? // -13.86 ● Noise generator.....................928 13.16.12.1 Noise generator ..............928 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BANDwidth|BWIDth ................928 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BWIDth:STATe ................

  • Page 929: Source:occupy Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:DISTribution <Distribution> Sets the distribution of the noise power density. Parameters: <Distribution> GAUSs | EQUal *RST: GAUSs Example: Example "Configuring the noise generator" on page 928. Manual operation: "Distribution" on page 380 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:LEVel:RELative?
  • Page 930 // query the number of occupied licences for option K55 [:SOURce]:OCCupy:OPTion:CATalog? "SMW-K55" // Response: "SMW-K55;LTE Release 8;6d, 3d" // occupy two licenses of option K55 for 3 days [:SOURce]:OCCupy:OPTion "R&S SMM100A-K55",3,2 // extend the occupation period for the first license to 5 days [:SOURce]:OCCupy:OPTion:RENew<1> "R&S SMM100A-K55",5 ....................930 [:SOURce]:OCCupy:OPTion ................

  • Page 931: Source:pgen Subsystem

    Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:OCCupy:OPTion:CATalog? Queries the availability of borrowable licenses on all license servers accessible for the R&S SMM100A. Return values: <OccLicensesCat> string Comma-separated list of strings for available options. Example: Example "Occupying a license and extend the occupation period"...
  • Page 932 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Using pulse generator as source for pulse modulation // select pulse generator as source for pulse modulation // enable pulse modulation SOURce1:PULM:SOURce INT SOURce1:PULM:STATe 1 // pulse generator and signal output are also activated...
  • Page 933 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Pulse Output State" on page 373 [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:STATe <State> Enables the output of the video/sync signal. If the pulse generator is the current modulation source, activating the pulse modulation automatically activates the signal output and the pulse generator.
  • Page 934 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Usage: Event Manual operation: "Reset Delta Phase Display" on page 300 13.16.16 SOURce:POWer subsystem The SOURce:POWer subsystem contains the commands for setting the output level, level control and level correction of the RF signal.
  • Page 935 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: POW:ALC:MODE? Response: ONTable "Table and On" is set automatically. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Mode" on page 392 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC[:STATe] <State> Activates automatic level control in the selected mode. How to: See Chapter 7.12.2.2, "How to enable the...
  • Page 936 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ON|OFF Switches on or off the driver amplifier. FIXed Fixes the last setting. ONMG Supplies maximum level at the output. *RST: AUTO Example: POW:ALC:DAMP AUTO Provides automatic switching of the attenuator. Manual operation: "Driver Amplifier"...
  • Page 937 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: POW:ALC:SLEV MIN Sets the maximum attenuation. Manual operation: "Sample Level" on page 393 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ATTenuation <Attenuation> Sets the attenuation value of the RF signal in manual mode, set with command OUTPut<hw>:AMODe. Parameters: <Attenuation>...
  • Page 938 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: SOUR:POW:ATT:RFOF:MODE FATT uses maximum attenuation when the RF output is turned off. Manual operation: "RF OFF Mode" on page 389 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe <State> Displays the signal level as voltage of the EMF. The displayed value represents the voltage over a 50 Ohm load.
  • Page 939 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Amplitude> float Range: depends on the installed options Increment: 0.01 *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 30) Example: SOURce1:POWer:LIMit:AMPLitude 10 Manual operation: "Limit" on page 302 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LMODe <LevMode> Sets the RF level mode.
  • Page 940 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Current Level" on page 338 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE <Mode> Selects the operating mode of the instrument to set the output level. Parameters: <Mode> CW | FIXed | SWEep CW|FIXed Operates at a constant level.
  • Page 941 Default unit: dBm Example: SOURce1:POWer:POWer 15 Sets the level at RF output Manual operation: "Amplitude" on page 301 "Used SMM100A Settings For Measurement" on page 403 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STARt <Start> [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STOP <Stop> Sets the RF start/stop level in sweep mode. Parameters: <Stop>...
  • Page 942 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: SOURce1:POWer:STEP:INCRement 2 SOURce1:POWer:STEP:MODE USER SOURce1:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude UP Increasing the RF level with a step size of 2 dB Manual operation: "Variation Active" on page 299 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] <Increment> Specifies the step width in the appropriate path for POW:STEP:MODE USER.
  • Page 943 SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Offset" on page 302 "Used SMM100A Settings For Measurement" on page 403 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:RCL <Rcl> Determines whether the current level is retained or if the stored level setting is adopted when an instrument configuration is loaded.
  • Page 944 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Default unit: dBm POWer -30 Example: Sets the RF level Example: See also on page 941. [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP:MODE Manual operation: "Amplitude" on page 301 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:RANGe:LOWer? [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:RANGe:UPPer? Queries the current interruption-free range of the level.
  • Page 945 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Configuring the reference oscillator // Using 100 MHz external reference source SOURce:ROSCillator:PRESet SOURce:ROSCillator:SOURce EXT SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:RFOFf:STATe 1 SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 100MHZ SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:SBANdwidth WIDE // 100 MHz (loop through) and 1 GHz output SOURce:ROSCillator:OUTPut:FREQuency:MODE LOOP...
  • Page 946 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ..............947 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:SBANdwidth ..............947 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:MLRange? .............. 947 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:NSBandwidth? ............948 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:OUTPut:FREQuency:MODE ..........948 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:OUTPut:ALTernate:FREQuency:MODE .............. 949 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust:VALue .............949 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[:STATe] [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce <Source> Selects between internal or external reference frequency. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal *RST: n.a.
  • Page 947 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> float Range: 1E6 to 100E6 Increment: 0.1 *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 1E7) Default unit: Hz Example: Example "Configuring the reference oscillator" on page 945. Manual operation: "Variable Reference Frequency" on page 313 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:SBANdwidth <SBandwidth>...
  • Page 948 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Return values: <NomBandwidth> string Example: SOUR:ROSC:EXT:NSB? Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Nominal Synchronization Bandwidth" on page 314 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:OUTPut:FREQuency:MODE <OutpFreqMode> Selects the mode for the output reference frequency. Parameters: <OutpFreqMode> DER10M | OFF | LOOPthrough Disables the output.
  • Page 949 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Reference Output/1 GHz Reference Output" on page 315 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust:VALue <Value> Specifies the frequency correction value (adjustment value). Parameters: <Value> integer *RST: Example: [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[: on page 949 STATe] Manual operation: "Adjustment Value"...
  • Page 950 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ● The keyword [:FREQuency] can be omitted, then the commands are SCPI-com- pliant. ● To activate an RF sweep mode, use the following commands: – RF frequency sweep: SOURce:FREQuency:MODE SWEep (SOURce:FREQuency:MODE CW (off)) –...
  • Page 951 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem // Alternatively set the number of steps, then the sweep step width is // set automatically SOURce1:SWEep:FREQuency:POINts 301 SOURce1:SWEep:FREQuency:DWELl 500 ms // With logarithmic spacing select the step width as follows // (steps of 10 percent of the previous frequency in each instance)
  • Page 952 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem ..........956 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic ............957 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear] ............... 957 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:FREQuency:STARt ..............957 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:FREQuency:STOP ..............958 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STARt ............... 958 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STOP ..............958 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:COUNt ..............959 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:DWELl ..............959 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:EXECute ..............959 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:MODE ..............960 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:RETRace ..............960 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:SHAPe ................
  • Page 953 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 338 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:POINts <Points> Sets the number of steps within the RF level sweep range. Chapter 7.10.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode",...
  • Page 954 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the dwell time for a frequency sweep step. Parameters: <Dwell> float Range: 0.001 to 100 Increment: 100E-6 *RST: 0.01 Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950.
  • Page 955 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Points> integer Range: 2 to Max Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950. [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing <Spacing> Selects the mode for the calculation of the frequency intervals, with which the current frequency at each step is increased or decreased.
  • Page 956 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem The command performs a single sweep and is therefore only effective in manual sweep mode. Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Single Sweep"...
  • Page 957 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Logarithmic> float The unit is mandatory. Range: 0.01 to 100 Increment: 1E-3 *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950. Manual operation: "Step Linear/Step Logarithmic"...
  • Page 958 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Parameters: <CombFreqStop> float Range: -59999E5 to 12E9 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 500E6 Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 950. [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STARt <CombPowStart> Sets the start level value of the combined RF frequency / level sweep.
  • Page 959 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Step Count" on page 343 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the dwell time for the combined frequency / level sweep. Parameters: <Dwell> float Range: 0.01 to 100 Increment: 100E-6 *RST: 0.01 Example: Example "Setup an RF frequency or power sweep"...
  • Page 960 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:RETRace <RetraceState> Activates that the signal changes to the start level value while it is waiting for the next trigger event. You can enable this feature, when you are working with sawtooth shapes in sweep mode "Single"...
  • Page 961 Example: Retrieving information on network-related settings SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus? // 1 SYSTem:PROTection1:STATe 0,123456 SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:MODE STAT SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress "10.113.0.104" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:DNS "10.0.2.166" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:HOSTname? // "SMM100A-102030" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:WORKgroup "instrument" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:DOMain "rsint.net" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:GATeway "10.113.0.1" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:SUBNet:MASK "255.255.252.0" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress "08 00 27 a3 a1 70" SYSTem:PROTection1:STATe 1 User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─ 05...
  • Page 962 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Example: Restart network SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart // terminates the network connection and sets it up again Example: Finding out the used VISA resource strings SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource? // "TCPIP::10.113.0.104::inst0::INSTR" SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? // "TCPIP::10.113.0.104::hislip0::INSTR" SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource? // "TCPIP::10.113.0.104::5025::SOCKET" SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:RESource? // "USB::0x0AAD::0x0277::100001::INSTR"...
  • Page 963 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem ......................967 :SYSTem:KLOCk ....................968 :SYSTem:NINFormation? ......................968 :SYSTem:ULOCk ....................969 :SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer? ..................969 :SYSTem:LOCK:RELease:ALL ................969 :SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest[:EXCLusive]? ........................969 :SYSTem:SAV ....................... 970 :SYSTem:RCL ..................970 :SYSTem:PROTect<ch>[:STATe] ................970 :SYSTem:SECurity:VOLMode[:STATe] ..............971 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:LTERminator ............... 971 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RESource? ...............971 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess ..............
  • Page 964 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem ..................... 982 :SYSTem:NTP:HOSTname ..................... 982 :SYSTem:NTP:STATe ......................982 :SYSTem:TIME ....................983 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE ..................983 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE:CATalog? ......................983 :SYSTem:UPTime? ....................983 :SYSTem:BIOS:VERSion? .......................984 :SYSTem:VERSion? ......................984 :SYSTem:OSYStem? .................. 984 :SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? ......................984 :SYSTem:DFPR? ......................985 :SYSTem:REBoot ......................985...
  • Page 965 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem "No error", i.e. the error queue is empty Positive value Positive error numbers denote device-specific errors Negative value Negative error numbers denote error messages defined by SCPI. Example: SYST:ERR:CODE:ALL Queries all entries in the error queue.
  • Page 966 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Usage: Query only :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? Queries the error/event queue for the oldest item and removes it from the queue. Return values: <Next> string Error/event_number,"Error/event_description>[;Device-depend- ent info]" Error number and a short description of the error.
  • Page 967 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear History" on page 1003 :SYSTem:ERRor:STATic? Returns a list of all errors existing at the time when the query is started. This list corre- sponds to the display on the info page under manual control.
  • Page 968 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:NINFormation? Queries the oldest information message ("Error History > Level > Info") in the error/ event queue. Return values: <NextInfo> string Example: :SYSTem:NINFormation? Queries the oldest entry in the info message queue.
  • Page 969 Response: 1 The exclusive locking is active. Usage: Query only :SYSTem:SAV <Pathname> Saves the current R&S SMM100A settings into a file with defined filename and into a specified directory. The file extension (*.savrcltxt) is assigned automatically. Setting parameters: <Pathname> string Example: SYSTem:SAV "/var/user/temp/Test"...
  • Page 970 SMM100A SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:RCL <Pathname> Loads a file with previously saved R&S SMM100A settings. Loads the selected file with previously saved R&S SMM100A settings from the default or the specified directory. Loaded are files with extension *.savrcltxt. Setting parameters: <Pathname>...
  • Page 971 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Parameters: <MmemProtState> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Setting parameters: <SecPassWord> string Current security password The default password is 123456. Example: SYSTem:SECurity:VOLMode:STATe "123456", 1 SYSTem:REBoot Manual operation: "Volatile Mode" on page 566 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:LTERminator <LTerminator>...
  • Page 972 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Parameters: <Address> integer Range: 0 to 30 *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 28) Example: Example "Finding out the used VISA resource strings" on page 962. Manual operation: "GPIB Channel Address" on page 603 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? Queries the VISA resource string.
  • Page 973 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress <MacAddress> Queries the MAC address of the network adapter. This is a password-protected function. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it. Parameters: <MacAddress> string Example: Example "Retrieving information on network-related set- tings"...
  • Page 974 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Parameters: <Domain> string Example: Example "Retrieving information on network-related set- tings" on page 961. Manual operation: "DNS Suffix" on page 601 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:HOSTname <Hostname> Sets an individual hostname for the vector signal generator.
  • Page 975 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Parameters: <Gateway> string Range: 0.0.0.0 to ff.ff.ff.ff Example: Example "Retrieving information on network-related set- tings" on page 961. Manual operation: "Default Gateway" on page 600 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:SUBNet:MASK <Mask> Sets the subnet mask. Parameters: <Mask>...
  • Page 976 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Return values: <Resource> string Example: Example "Finding out the used VISA resource strings" on page 962. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "SERIAL" on page 603 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs <SBits> Defines the number of stop bits for the serial remote control interface.
  • Page 977 Selects the mode to determine the "IDN String" and the "OPT String" for the instru- ment, selected with command :SYSTem:LANGuage. Note: While working in an emulation mode, the R&S SMM100A specific command set is disabled, that is, the SCPI command SYST:IDEN is discarded.
  • Page 978 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Example: SYST:IDEN USER // Selects a user-defined identification SYST:IRES "Test Device" // Defines identification string 'test device' *IDN? // Response: 'test device' Manual operation: "IDN String" on page 605 :SYSTem:ORESponse <OResponse> Defines the user defined response string for *OPT.
  • Page 979 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:SECurity:SANitize[:STATe] <SecPassWord>, <MmemProtState> Sanitizes the internal memory. Parameters: <MmemProtState> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Setting parameters: <SecPassWord> string Example: SYSTem:SECurity:SANitize[:STATe] 1 Manual operation: "Sanitize" on page 567 :SYSTem:SECurity:SUPolicy <SecPassWord>, <UpdatePolicy>...
  • Page 980 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Further queries regarding the data sheet parameters (<Id>) and their values refer to the selected data sheet. To query the list of data sheet versions, use the command :SYSTem: on page 980.
  • Page 981 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem Return values: <VersCatalog> string Example: on page 979. :SYSTem:SPECification? Usage: Query only :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion:FACTory? Queries the data sheet version of the factory setting. Return values: <Version> string Example: on page 979. :SYSTem:SPECification? Usage:...
  • Page 982 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:DATE <Year>, <Month>, <Day> Queries or sets the date for the instrument-internal calendar. This is a password-protected function. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it. Parameters: <Year> integer <Month> integer Range: 1 to 12 <Day>...
  • Page 983 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A SYSTem subsystem <Minute> integer Range: 0 to 59 <Second> integer Range: 0 to 59 Example: SYSTem:TIME? // 10,27,14 Manual operation: "Time" on page 1015 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE <TimeZone> Sets the timezone. You can query the list of the available timezones with :SYSTem: TIME:ZONE:CATalog?.
  • Page 984 Queries the operating system of the instrument. Return values: <OperSystem> string Example: SYSTem:OSYStem? Response: "Linux" Usage: Query only :SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Queries the user directory, that means the directory the R&S SMM100A stores user files on. Return values: <PathUser> string Example: SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Response: "'/var/user/" Usage: Query only :SYSTem:DFPR? Queries the device footprint of the instrument.
  • Page 985 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A STATus subsystem Usage: Query only :SYSTem:REBoot Reboots the instrument including the operating system. Usage: Event :SYSTem:RESTart Restarts the instrument without restarting the operating system. Usage: Event :SYSTem:SHUTdown Shuts down the instrument. Usage: Event :SYSTem:WAIT <TimeMs>...
  • Page 986 Return values: A decimal value in the range 0 to 32767 (=2 ● The configuration commands set the respective register thus determining which status changes of the R&S SMM100A cause the status registers to be changed. Setting values: A decimal value in the range 0 to 32767 (=2 ..................986 :STATus:OPERation:CONDition? ...................986...
  • Page 987 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A STATus subsystem :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt] <Event> Queries the content of the EVENt part of the STATus:OPERation register. This part contains information on the actions performed in the instrument since the last readout. The content of the EVENt part is deleted after being read out.
  • Page 988 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A STATus subsystem Example: STAT:PRES resets the status registers. :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition <Condition> Queries the content of the CONDition part of the STATus:QUEStionable register. This part contains information on the action currently being performed in the instrument.
  • Page 989 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TEST subsystem Example: STAT:QUES:NTR 0 a transition from 1 to 0 in the condition part of the STA- Tus:QUEStionable register does not cause an entry to be made in the EVENt part :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <PTransition>...
  • Page 990 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TEST subsystem ..................992 :TEST:BB:GENerator:ARBitrary ................992 :TEST:BB:GENerator:FREQuency<ch> ..................... 992 :TEST:BB:GENerator:GAIN ..................993 :TEST:BB:GENerator:SOURce ....................993 :TEST:BB:GENerator:STATe ................. 993 :TEST<hw>:DIRect:BLOCk:READ? .................. 994 :TEST<hw>:DIRect:BLOCk:WRITe ....................994 :TEST<hw>:ALL:STARt ....................994 :TEST<hw>:ALL:RESult? :TEST:BASeband? Queries the result of the baseband selftest.
  • Page 991 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TEST subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Execute BNC Connection Test" on page 1026 :TEST:BB:BNC:DESTination <BncDestination> Selects the BNC connection test destination. This is a password-protected function. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it.
  • Page 992 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TEST subsystem Example: SYSTem:PROTect1 0,123456 TEST:BB:BNC:SOURce AUTO // detects the connectors at that signal is assigned // and performs the connecton test Manual operation: "Source" on page 1026 :TEST:BB:GENerator:ARBitrary <Filename> Selects the ARB waveform to be tested.
  • Page 993 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TEST subsystem :TEST:BB:GENerator:SOURce <IqSource> Selects the test signal source. Parameters: <IqSource> SINE | CONStant | ARB | TTONe SINE Generates a sine waveform. To determine the frequency, use command :TEST:BB:GENerator:FREQuency<ch> on page 992. CONStant Uses a constant I/Q test signal.
  • Page 994 You can work with an internal or with an externally applied trigger signal. In this case, use the commands in the SOURce:INPut subsystem to configure the signal. The trigger system of the R&S SMM100A is a simplified implementation of the SCPI trigger system. The TRIGger system differs from the SCPI system as follows: ●...
  • Page 995 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TRIGger subsystem ● Under TRIGger several sweep subsystems exist. ● The trigger source names correspond directly to the various settings of manual control. SCPI uses different names which are also accepted by the instrument. The SCPI names should be used if compatibility is an important consideration.
  • Page 996 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A TRIGger subsystem AUTO [IMMediate] Executes a sweep automatically. In this free-running mode, the trigger condition is met continu- ously. I.e. when a sweep is completed, the next one starts imme- diately. SINGle [BUS] Executes one complete sweep cycle.
  • Page 997 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A UNIT subsystem Alternatively, you can use the IMMediate command instead of the respective SWEep: [FREQ:]|POW:EXECute command. Example: TRIG Starts all active sweeps. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Single Sweep" on page 340 :TRIGger<hw>:LFFSweep Executes an LF frequency sweep in the following configuration: ●...
  • Page 998 ® Remote control commands R&S SMM100A UNIT subsystem :UNIT:POWer <Power> Sets the default unit for all power parameters. This setting affects the GUI, as well as all remote control commands that determine power values. Parameters: <Power> V | DBUV | DBM *RST: User Manual 1179.1341.02 ─...
  • Page 999 Notifications 14 Troubleshooting and notifications The R&S SMM100A distinguishes between various notifications caused by events or functions. It displays a notification in the "Info" line on the screen temporarily, and saves all notifications in a history list. In addition, an event initiates an entry in the event/error queue of the status reporting system.
  • Page 1000 ® Troubleshooting and notifications R&S SMM100A Device-specific notifications The message is displayed until the error is eliminated. It covers the status display in the info line. After error elimination, the message automatically disappears and is also recorded in the history.

Table of Contents